c32f28ea88106991caee2029e4017586f6b001cd
[openocd.git] / doc / openocd.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @c %**start of header
3 @setfilename openocd.info
4 @settitle OpenOCD User's Guide
5 @dircategory Development
6 @direntry
7 * OpenOCD: (openocd). OpenOCD User's Guide
8 @end direntry
9 @paragraphindent 0
10 @c %**end of header
11
12 @include version.texi
13
14 @copying
15
16 This User's Guide documents
17 release @value{VERSION},
18 dated @value{UPDATED},
19 of the Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD).
20
21 @itemize @bullet
22 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 The OpenOCD Project
23 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2008 Spencer Oliver @email{spen@@spen-soft.co.uk}
24 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008-2010 Oyvind Harboe @email{oyvind.harboe@@zylin.com}
25 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Duane Ellis @email{openocd@@duaneellis.com}
26 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2009-2010 David Brownell
27 @end itemize
28
29 @quotation
30 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
31 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
32 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
33 Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
34 Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
35 Free Documentation License''.
36 @end quotation
37 @end copying
38
39 @titlepage
40 @titlefont{@emph{Open On-Chip Debugger:}}
41 @sp 1
42 @title OpenOCD User's Guide
43 @subtitle for release @value{VERSION}
44 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}
45
46 @page
47 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
48 @insertcopying
49 @end titlepage
50
51 @summarycontents
52 @contents
53
54 @ifnottex
55 @node Top
56 @top OpenOCD User's Guide
57
58 @insertcopying
59 @end ifnottex
60
61 @menu
62 * About:: About OpenOCD
63 * Developers:: OpenOCD Developer Resources
64 * Debug Adapter Hardware:: Debug Adapter Hardware
65 * About Jim-Tcl:: About Jim-Tcl
66 * Running:: Running OpenOCD
67 * OpenOCD Project Setup:: OpenOCD Project Setup
68 * Config File Guidelines:: Config File Guidelines
69 * Daemon Configuration:: Daemon Configuration
70 * Debug Adapter Configuration:: Debug Adapter Configuration
71 * Reset Configuration:: Reset Configuration
72 * TAP Declaration:: TAP Declaration
73 * CPU Configuration:: CPU Configuration
74 * Flash Commands:: Flash Commands
75 * NAND Flash Commands:: NAND Flash Commands
76 * PLD/FPGA Commands:: PLD/FPGA Commands
77 * General Commands:: General Commands
78 * Architecture and Core Commands:: Architecture and Core Commands
79 * JTAG Commands:: JTAG Commands
80 * Boundary Scan Commands:: Boundary Scan Commands
81 * TFTP:: TFTP
82 * GDB and OpenOCD:: Using GDB and OpenOCD
83 * Tcl Scripting API:: Tcl Scripting API
84 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
85 * Tcl Crash Course:: Tcl Crash Course
86 * License:: GNU Free Documentation License
87
88 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
89 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
90 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
91 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
92 * OpenOCD Concept Index:: Concept Index
93 * Command and Driver Index:: Command and Driver Index
94 @end menu
95
96 @node About
97 @unnumbered About
98 @cindex about
99
100 OpenOCD was created by Dominic Rath as part of a diploma thesis written at the
101 University of Applied Sciences Augsburg (@uref{http://www.fh-augsburg.de}).
102 Since that time, the project has grown into an active open-source project,
103 supported by a diverse community of software and hardware developers from
104 around the world.
105
106 @section What is OpenOCD?
107 @cindex TAP
108 @cindex JTAG
109
110 The Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD) aims to provide debugging,
111 in-system programming and boundary-scan testing for embedded target
112 devices.
113
114 It does so with the assistance of a @dfn{debug adapter}, which is
115 a small hardware module which helps provide the right kind of
116 electrical signaling to the target being debugged. These are
117 required since the debug host (on which OpenOCD runs) won't
118 usually have native support for such signaling, or the connector
119 needed to hook up to the target.
120
121 Such debug adapters support one or more @dfn{transport} protocols,
122 each of which involves different electrical signaling (and uses
123 different messaging protocols on top of that signaling). There
124 are many types of debug adapter, and little uniformity in what
125 they are called. (There are also product naming differences.)
126
127 These adapters are sometimes packaged as discrete dongles, which
128 may generically be called @dfn{hardware interface dongles}.
129 Some development boards also integrate them directly, which may
130 let the development board can be directly connected to the debug
131 host over USB (and sometimes also to power it over USB).
132
133 For example, a @dfn{JTAG Adapter} supports JTAG
134 signaling, and is used to communicate
135 with JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) compliant TAPs on your target board.
136 A @dfn{TAP} is a ``Test Access Port'', a module which processes
137 special instructions and data. TAPs are daisy-chained within and
138 between chips and boards. JTAG supports debugging and boundary
139 scan operations.
140
141 There are also @dfn{SWD Adapters} that support Serial Wire Debug (SWD)
142 signaling to communicate with some newer ARM cores, as well as debug
143 adapters which support both JTAG and SWD transports. SWD only supports
144 debugging, whereas JTAG also supports boundary scan operations.
145
146 For some chips, there are also @dfn{Programming Adapters} supporting
147 special transports used only to write code to flash memory, without
148 support for on-chip debugging or boundary scan.
149 (At this writing, OpenOCD does not support such non-debug adapters.)
150
151
152 @b{Dongles:} OpenOCD currently supports many types of hardware dongles: USB
153 based, parallel port based, and other standalone boxes that run
154 OpenOCD internally. @xref{Debug Adapter Hardware}.
155
156 @b{GDB Debug:} It allows ARM7 (ARM7TDMI and ARM720t), ARM9 (ARM920T,
157 ARM922T, ARM926EJ--S, ARM966E--S), XScale (PXA25x, IXP42x) and
158 Cortex-M3 (Stellaris LM3 and ST STM32) based cores to be
159 debugged via the GDB protocol.
160
161 @b{Flash Programing:} Flash writing is supported for external CFI
162 compatible NOR flashes (Intel and AMD/Spansion command set) and several
163 internal flashes (LPC1700, LPC2000, AT91SAM7, AT91SAM3U, STR7x, STR9x, LM3, and
164 STM32x). Preliminary support for various NAND flash controllers
165 (LPC3180, Orion, S3C24xx, more) controller is included.
166
167 @section OpenOCD Web Site
168
169 The OpenOCD web site provides the latest public news from the community:
170
171 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/}
172
173 @section Latest User's Guide:
174
175 The user's guide you are now reading may not be the latest one
176 available. A version for more recent code may be available.
177 Its HTML form is published irregularly at:
178
179 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/html/index.html}
180
181 PDF form is likewise published at:
182
183 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/pdf/openocd.pdf}
184
185 @section OpenOCD User's Forum
186
187 There is an OpenOCD forum (phpBB) hosted by SparkFun,
188 which might be helpful to you. Note that if you want
189 anything to come to the attention of developers, you
190 should post it to the OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
191 instead of this forum.
192
193 @uref{http://forum.sparkfun.com/viewforum.php?f=18}
194
195
196 @node Developers
197 @chapter OpenOCD Developer Resources
198 @cindex developers
199
200 If you are interested in improving the state of OpenOCD's debugging and
201 testing support, new contributions will be welcome. Motivated developers
202 can produce new target, flash or interface drivers, improve the
203 documentation, as well as more conventional bug fixes and enhancements.
204
205 The resources in this chapter are available for developers wishing to explore
206 or expand the OpenOCD source code.
207
208 @section OpenOCD GIT Repository
209
210 During the 0.3.x release cycle, OpenOCD switched from Subversion to
211 a GIT repository hosted at SourceForge. The repository URL is:
212
213 @uref{git://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/gitroot/openocd/openocd}
214
215 You may prefer to use a mirror and the HTTP protocol:
216
217 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/r/openocd.git}
218
219 With standard GIT tools, use @command{git clone} to initialize
220 a local repository, and @command{git pull} to update it.
221 There are also gitweb pages letting you browse the repository
222 with a web browser, or download arbitrary snapshots without
223 needing a GIT client:
224
225 @uref{http://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/git/gitweb.cgi?p=openocd/openocd}
226
227 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/w/openocd.git}
228
229 The @file{README} file contains the instructions for building the project
230 from the repository or a snapshot.
231
232 Developers that want to contribute patches to the OpenOCD system are
233 @b{strongly} encouraged to work against mainline.
234 Patches created against older versions may require additional
235 work from their submitter in order to be updated for newer releases.
236
237 @section Doxygen Developer Manual
238
239 During the 0.2.x release cycle, the OpenOCD project began
240 providing a Doxygen reference manual. This document contains more
241 technical information about the software internals, development
242 processes, and similar documentation:
243
244 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/doxygen/html/index.html}
245
246 This document is a work-in-progress, but contributions would be welcome
247 to fill in the gaps. All of the source files are provided in-tree,
248 listed in the Doxyfile configuration in the top of the source tree.
249
250 @section OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
251
252 The OpenOCD Developer Mailing List provides the primary means of
253 communication between developers:
254
255 @uref{https://lists.sourceforge.net/mailman/listinfo/openocd-devel}
256
257 Discuss and submit patches to this list.
258 The @file{HACKING} file contains basic information about how
259 to prepare patches.
260
261 @section OpenOCD Bug Database
262
263 During the 0.4.x release cycle the OpenOCD project team began
264 using Trac for its bug database:
265
266 @uref{https://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/openocd}
267
268
269 @node Debug Adapter Hardware
270 @chapter Debug Adapter Hardware
271 @cindex dongles
272 @cindex FTDI
273 @cindex wiggler
274 @cindex zy1000
275 @cindex printer port
276 @cindex USB Adapter
277 @cindex RTCK
278
279 Defined: @b{dongle}: A small device that plugins into a computer and serves as
280 an adapter .... [snip]
281
282 In the OpenOCD case, this generally refers to @b{a small adapter} that
283 attaches to your computer via USB or the Parallel Printer Port. One
284 exception is the Zylin ZY1000, packaged as a small box you attach via
285 an ethernet cable. The Zylin ZY1000 has the advantage that it does not
286 require any drivers to be installed on the developer PC. It also has
287 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
288 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
289
290
291 @section Choosing a Dongle
292
293 There are several things you should keep in mind when choosing a dongle.
294
295 @enumerate
296 @item @b{Transport} Does it support the kind of communication that you need?
297 OpenOCD focusses mostly on JTAG. Your version may also support
298 other ways to communicate with target devices.
299 @item @b{Voltage} What voltage is your target - 1.8, 2.8, 3.3, or 5V?
300 Does your dongle support it? You might need a level converter.
301 @item @b{Pinout} What pinout does your target board use?
302 Does your dongle support it? You may be able to use jumper
303 wires, or an "octopus" connector, to convert pinouts.
304 @item @b{Connection} Does your computer have the USB, printer, or
305 Ethernet port needed?
306 @item @b{RTCK} Do you expect to use it with ARM chips and boards with
307 RTCK support? Also known as ``adaptive clocking''
308 @end enumerate
309
310 @section Stand alone Systems
311
312 @b{ZY1000} See: @url{http://www.ultsol.com/index.php/component/content/article/8/33-zylin-zy1000-jtag-probe} Technically, not a
313 dongle, but a standalone box. The ZY1000 has the advantage that it does
314 not require any drivers installed on the developer PC. It also has
315 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
316 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
317
318 @section USB FT2232 Based
319
320 There are many USB JTAG dongles on the market, many of them are based
321 on a chip from ``Future Technology Devices International'' (FTDI)
322 known as the FTDI FT2232; this is a USB full speed (12 Mbps) chip.
323 See: @url{http://www.ftdichip.com} for more information.
324 In summer 2009, USB high speed (480 Mbps) versions of these FTDI
325 chips are starting to become available in JTAG adapters. (Adapters
326 using those high speed FT2232H chips may support adaptive clocking.)
327
328 The FT2232 chips are flexible enough to support some other
329 transport options, such as SWD or the SPI variants used to
330 program some chips. They have two communications channels,
331 and one can be used for a UART adapter at the same time the
332 other one is used to provide a debug adapter.
333
334 Also, some development boards integrate an FT2232 chip to serve as
335 a built-in low cost debug adapter and usb-to-serial solution.
336
337 @itemize @bullet
338 @item @b{usbjtag}
339 @* Link @url{http://elk.informatik.fh-augsburg.de/hhweb/doc/openocd/usbjtag/usbjtag.html}
340 @item @b{jtagkey}
341 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey.shtml}
342 @item @b{jtagkey2}
343 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey2.shtml}
344 @item @b{oocdlink}
345 @* See: @url{http://www.oocdlink.com} By Joern Kaipf
346 @item @b{signalyzer}
347 @* See: @url{http://www.signalyzer.com}
348 @item @b{Stellaris Eval Boards}
349 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - The Stellaris eval boards
350 bundle FT2232-based JTAG and SWD support, which can be used to debug
351 the Stellaris chips. Using separate JTAG adapters is optional.
352 These boards can also be used in a "pass through" mode as JTAG adapters
353 to other target boards, disabling the Stellaris chip.
354 @item @b{Luminary ICDI}
355 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - Luminary In-Circuit Debug
356 Interface (ICDI) Boards are included in Stellaris LM3S9B9x
357 Evaluation Kits. Like the non-detachable FT2232 support on the other
358 Stellaris eval boards, they can be used to debug other target boards.
359 @item @b{olimex-jtag}
360 @* See: @url{http://www.olimex.com}
361 @item @b{Flyswatter/Flyswatter2}
362 @* See: @url{http://www.tincantools.com}
363 @item @b{turtelizer2}
364 @* See:
365 @uref{http://www.ethernut.de/en/hardware/turtelizer/index.html, Turtelizer 2}, or
366 @url{http://www.ethernut.de}
367 @item @b{comstick}
368 @* Link: @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=383}
369 @item @b{stm32stick}
370 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/stm32-stick}
371 @item @b{axm0432_jtag}
372 @* Axiom AXM-0432 Link @url{http://www.axman.com} - NOTE: This JTAG does not appear
373 to be available anymore as of April 2012.
374 @item @b{cortino}
375 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=cortino}
376 @item @b{dlp-usb1232h}
377 @* Link @url{http://www.dlpdesign.com/usb/usb1232h.shtml}
378 @item @b{digilent-hs1}
379 @* Link @url{http://www.digilentinc.com/Products/Detail.cfm?Prod=JTAG-HS1}
380 @end itemize
381
382 @section USB-JTAG / Altera USB-Blaster compatibles
383
384 These devices also show up as FTDI devices, but are not
385 protocol-compatible with the FT2232 devices. They are, however,
386 protocol-compatible among themselves. USB-JTAG devices typically consist
387 of a FT245 followed by a CPLD that understands a particular protocol,
388 or emulate this protocol using some other hardware.
389
390 They may appear under different USB VID/PID depending on the particular
391 product. The driver can be configured to search for any VID/PID pair
392 (see the section on driver commands).
393
394 @itemize
395 @item @b{USB-JTAG} Kolja Waschk's USB Blaster-compatible adapter
396 @* Link: @url{http://ixo-jtag.sourceforge.net/}
397 @item @b{Altera USB-Blaster}
398 @* Link: @url{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_usb_blstr.pdf}
399 @end itemize
400
401 @section USB JLINK based
402 There are several OEM versions of the Segger @b{JLINK} adapter. It is
403 an example of a micro controller based JTAG adapter, it uses an
404 AT91SAM764 internally.
405
406 @itemize @bullet
407 @item @b{ATMEL SAMICE} Only works with ATMEL chips!
408 @* Link: @url{http://www.atmel.com/dyn/products/tools_card.asp?tool_id=3892}
409 @item @b{SEGGER JLINK}
410 @* Link: @url{http://www.segger.com/jlink.html}
411 @item @b{IAR J-Link}
412 @* Link: @url{http://www.iar.com/en/products/hardware-debug-probes/iar-j-link/}
413 @end itemize
414
415 @section USB RLINK based
416 Raisonance has an adapter called @b{RLink}. It exists in a stripped-down form on the STM32 Primer, permanently attached to the JTAG lines. It also exists on the STM32 Primer2, but that is wired for SWD and not JTAG, thus not supported.
417
418 @itemize @bullet
419 @item @b{Raisonance RLink}
420 @* Link: @url{http://www.mcu-raisonance.com/~rlink-debugger-programmer__microcontrollers__tool~tool__T018:4cn9ziz4bnx6.html}
421 @item @b{STM32 Primer}
422 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer.php}
423 @item @b{STM32 Primer2}
424 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer2.php}
425 @end itemize
426
427 @section USB ST-LINK based
428 ST Micro has an adapter called @b{ST-LINK}.
429 They only work with ST Micro chips, notably STM32 and STM8.
430
431 @itemize @bullet
432 @item @b{ST-LINK}
433 @* This is available standalone and as part of some kits, eg. STM32VLDISCOVERY.
434 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/evalboard/product/219866.jsp}
435 @item @b{ST-LINK/V2}
436 @* This is available standalone and as part of some kits, eg. STM32F4DISCOVERY.
437 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/evalboard/product/251168.jsp}
438 @end itemize
439
440 For info the original ST-LINK enumerates using the mass storage usb class, however
441 it's implementation is completely broken. The result is this causes issues under linux.
442 The simplest solution is to get linux to ignore the ST-LINK using one of the following methods:
443 @itemize @bullet
444 @item modprobe -r usb-storage && modprobe usb-storage quirks=483:3744:i
445 @item add "options usb-storage quirks=483:3744:i" to /etc/modprobe.conf
446 @end itemize
447
448 @section USB Other
449 @itemize @bullet
450 @item @b{USBprog}
451 @* Link: @url{http://shop.embedded-projects.net/} - which uses an Atmel MEGA32 and a UBN9604
452
453 @item @b{USB - Presto}
454 @* Link: @url{http://tools.asix.net/prg_presto.htm}
455
456 @item @b{Versaloon-Link}
457 @* Link: @url{http://www.versaloon.com}
458
459 @item @b{ARM-JTAG-EW}
460 @* Link: @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag-ew.html}
461
462 @item @b{Buspirate}
463 @* Link: @url{http://dangerousprototypes.com/bus-pirate-manual/}
464
465 @item @b{opendous}
466 @* Link: @url{http://code.google.com/p/opendous-jtag/}
467
468 @item @b{estick}
469 @* Link: @url{http://code.google.com/p/estick-jtag/}
470 @end itemize
471
472 @section IBM PC Parallel Printer Port Based
473
474 The two well known ``JTAG Parallel Ports'' cables are the Xilnx DLC5
475 and the Macraigor Wiggler. There are many clones and variations of
476 these on the market.
477
478 Note that parallel ports are becoming much less common, so if you
479 have the choice you should probably avoid these adapters in favor
480 of USB-based ones.
481
482 @itemize @bullet
483
484 @item @b{Wiggler} - There are many clones of this.
485 @* Link: @url{http://www.macraigor.com/wiggler.htm}
486
487 @item @b{DLC5} - From XILINX - There are many clones of this
488 @* Link: Search the web for: ``XILINX DLC5'' - it is no longer
489 produced, PDF schematics are easily found and it is easy to make.
490
491 @item @b{Amontec - JTAG Accelerator}
492 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtag_accelerator.shtml}
493
494 @item @b{GW16402}
495 @* Link: @url{http://www.gateworks.com/products/avila_accessories/gw16042.php}
496
497 @item @b{Wiggler2}
498 @* Link: @url{http://www.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/~michaels/index.php/hardware/armjtag}
499
500 @item @b{Wiggler_ntrst_inverted}
501 @* Yet another variation - See the source code, src/jtag/parport.c
502
503 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler}
504 @* Unknown - probably not on the market today
505
506 @item @b{arm-jtag}
507 @* Link: Most likely @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag.html} [another wiggler clone]
508
509 @item @b{chameleon}
510 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/chameleon.shtml}
511
512 @item @b{Triton}
513 @* Unknown.
514
515 @item @b{Lattice}
516 @* ispDownload from Lattice Semiconductor
517 @url{http://www.latticesemi.com/lit/docs/@/devtools/dlcable.pdf}
518
519 @item @b{flashlink}
520 @* From ST Microsystems;
521 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/com/TECHNICAL_RESOURCES/TECHNICAL_LITERATURE/DATA_BRIEF/DM00039500.pdf}
522
523 @end itemize
524
525 @section Other...
526 @itemize @bullet
527
528 @item @b{ep93xx}
529 @* An EP93xx based Linux machine using the GPIO pins directly.
530
531 @item @b{at91rm9200}
532 @* Like the EP93xx - but an ATMEL AT91RM9200 based solution using the GPIO pins on the chip.
533
534 @end itemize
535
536 @node About Jim-Tcl
537 @chapter About Jim-Tcl
538 @cindex Jim-Tcl
539 @cindex tcl
540
541 OpenOCD uses a small ``Tcl Interpreter'' known as Jim-Tcl.
542 This programming language provides a simple and extensible
543 command interpreter.
544
545 All commands presented in this Guide are extensions to Jim-Tcl.
546 You can use them as simple commands, without needing to learn
547 much of anything about Tcl.
548 Alternatively, can write Tcl programs with them.
549
550 You can learn more about Jim at its website, @url{http://jim.berlios.de}.
551 There is an active and responsive community, get on the mailing list
552 if you have any questions. Jim-Tcl maintainers also lurk on the
553 OpenOCD mailing list.
554
555 @itemize @bullet
556 @item @b{Jim vs. Tcl}
557 @* Jim-Tcl is a stripped down version of the well known Tcl language,
558 which can be found here: @url{http://www.tcl.tk}. Jim-Tcl has far
559 fewer features. Jim-Tcl is several dozens of .C files and .H files and
560 implements the basic Tcl command set. In contrast: Tcl 8.6 is a
561 4.2 MB .zip file containing 1540 files.
562
563 @item @b{Missing Features}
564 @* Our practice has been: Add/clone the real Tcl feature if/when
565 needed. We welcome Jim-Tcl improvements, not bloat. Also there
566 are a large number of optional Jim-Tcl features that are not
567 enabled in OpenOCD.
568
569 @item @b{Scripts}
570 @* OpenOCD configuration scripts are Jim-Tcl Scripts. OpenOCD's
571 command interpreter today is a mixture of (newer)
572 Jim-Tcl commands, and (older) the orginal command interpreter.
573
574 @item @b{Commands}
575 @* At the OpenOCD telnet command line (or via the GDB monitor command) one
576 can type a Tcl for() loop, set variables, etc.
577 Some of the commands documented in this guide are implemented
578 as Tcl scripts, from a @file{startup.tcl} file internal to the server.
579
580 @item @b{Historical Note}
581 @* Jim-Tcl was introduced to OpenOCD in spring 2008. Fall 2010,
582 before OpenOCD 0.5 release OpenOCD switched to using Jim Tcl
583 as a git submodule, which greatly simplified upgrading Jim Tcl
584 to benefit from new features and bugfixes in Jim Tcl.
585
586 @item @b{Need a crash course in Tcl?}
587 @*@xref{Tcl Crash Course}.
588 @end itemize
589
590 @node Running
591 @chapter Running
592 @cindex command line options
593 @cindex logfile
594 @cindex directory search
595
596 Properly installing OpenOCD sets up your operating system to grant it access
597 to the debug adapters. On Linux, this usually involves installing a file
598 in @file{/etc/udev/rules.d,} so OpenOCD has permissions. MS-Windows needs
599 complex and confusing driver configuration for every peripheral. Such issues
600 are unique to each operating system, and are not detailed in this User's Guide.
601
602 Then later you will invoke the OpenOCD server, with various options to
603 tell it how each debug session should work.
604 The @option{--help} option shows:
605 @verbatim
606 bash$ openocd --help
607
608 --help | -h display this help
609 --version | -v display OpenOCD version
610 --file | -f use configuration file <name>
611 --search | -s dir to search for config files and scripts
612 --debug | -d set debug level <0-3>
613 --log_output | -l redirect log output to file <name>
614 --command | -c run <command>
615 @end verbatim
616
617 If you don't give any @option{-f} or @option{-c} options,
618 OpenOCD tries to read the configuration file @file{openocd.cfg}.
619 To specify one or more different
620 configuration files, use @option{-f} options. For example:
621
622 @example
623 openocd -f config1.cfg -f config2.cfg -f config3.cfg
624 @end example
625
626 Configuration files and scripts are searched for in
627 @enumerate
628 @item the current directory,
629 @item any search dir specified on the command line using the @option{-s} option,
630 @item any search dir specified using the @command{add_script_search_dir} command,
631 @item @file{$HOME/.openocd} (not on Windows),
632 @item the site wide script library @file{$pkgdatadir/site} and
633 @item the OpenOCD-supplied script library @file{$pkgdatadir/scripts}.
634 @end enumerate
635 The first found file with a matching file name will be used.
636
637 @quotation Note
638 Don't try to use configuration script names or paths which
639 include the "#" character. That character begins Tcl comments.
640 @end quotation
641
642 @section Simple setup, no customization
643
644 In the best case, you can use two scripts from one of the script
645 libraries, hook up your JTAG adapter, and start the server ... and
646 your JTAG setup will just work "out of the box". Always try to
647 start by reusing those scripts, but assume you'll need more
648 customization even if this works. @xref{OpenOCD Project Setup}.
649
650 If you find a script for your JTAG adapter, and for your board or
651 target, you may be able to hook up your JTAG adapter then start
652 the server like:
653
654 @example
655 openocd -f interface/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
656 @end example
657
658 You might also need to configure which reset signals are present,
659 using @option{-c 'reset_config trst_and_srst'} or something similar.
660 If all goes well you'll see output something like
661
662 @example
663 Open On-Chip Debugger 0.4.0 (2010-01-14-15:06)
664 For bug reports, read
665 http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/doxygen/bugs.html
666 Info : JTAG tap: lm3s.cpu tap/device found: 0x3ba00477
667 (mfg: 0x23b, part: 0xba00, ver: 0x3)
668 @end example
669
670 Seeing that "tap/device found" message, and no warnings, means
671 the JTAG communication is working. That's a key milestone, but
672 you'll probably need more project-specific setup.
673
674 @section What OpenOCD does as it starts
675
676 OpenOCD starts by processing the configuration commands provided
677 on the command line or, if there were no @option{-c command} or
678 @option{-f file.cfg} options given, in @file{openocd.cfg}.
679 @xref{Configuration Stage}.
680 At the end of the configuration stage it verifies the JTAG scan
681 chain defined using those commands; your configuration should
682 ensure that this always succeeds.
683 Normally, OpenOCD then starts running as a daemon.
684 Alternatively, commands may be used to terminate the configuration
685 stage early, perform work (such as updating some flash memory),
686 and then shut down without acting as a daemon.
687
688 Once OpenOCD starts running as a daemon, it waits for connections from
689 clients (Telnet, GDB, Other) and processes the commands issued through
690 those channels.
691
692 If you are having problems, you can enable internal debug messages via
693 the @option{-d} option.
694
695 Also it is possible to interleave Jim-Tcl commands w/config scripts using the
696 @option{-c} command line switch.
697
698 To enable debug output (when reporting problems or working on OpenOCD
699 itself), use the @option{-d} command line switch. This sets the
700 @option{debug_level} to "3", outputting the most information,
701 including debug messages. The default setting is "2", outputting only
702 informational messages, warnings and errors. You can also change this
703 setting from within a telnet or gdb session using @command{debug_level
704 <n>} (@pxref{debug_level}).
705
706 You can redirect all output from the daemon to a file using the
707 @option{-l <logfile>} switch.
708
709 Note! OpenOCD will launch the GDB & telnet server even if it can not
710 establish a connection with the target. In general, it is possible for
711 the JTAG controller to be unresponsive until the target is set up
712 correctly via e.g. GDB monitor commands in a GDB init script.
713
714 @node OpenOCD Project Setup
715 @chapter OpenOCD Project Setup
716
717 To use OpenOCD with your development projects, you need to do more than
718 just connecting the JTAG adapter hardware (dongle) to your development board
719 and then starting the OpenOCD server.
720 You also need to configure that server so that it knows
721 about that adapter and board, and helps your work.
722 You may also want to connect OpenOCD to GDB, possibly
723 using Eclipse or some other GUI.
724
725 @section Hooking up the JTAG Adapter
726
727 Today's most common case is a dongle with a JTAG cable on one side
728 (such as a ribbon cable with a 10-pin or 20-pin IDC connector)
729 and a USB cable on the other.
730 Instead of USB, some cables use Ethernet;
731 older ones may use a PC parallel port, or even a serial port.
732
733 @enumerate
734 @item @emph{Start with power to your target board turned off},
735 and nothing connected to your JTAG adapter.
736 If you're particularly paranoid, unplug power to the board.
737 It's important to have the ground signal properly set up,
738 unless you are using a JTAG adapter which provides
739 galvanic isolation between the target board and the
740 debugging host.
741
742 @item @emph{Be sure it's the right kind of JTAG connector.}
743 If your dongle has a 20-pin ARM connector, you need some kind
744 of adapter (or octopus, see below) to hook it up to
745 boards using 14-pin or 10-pin connectors ... or to 20-pin
746 connectors which don't use ARM's pinout.
747
748 In the same vein, make sure the voltage levels are compatible.
749 Not all JTAG adapters have the level shifters needed to work
750 with 1.2 Volt boards.
751
752 @item @emph{Be certain the cable is properly oriented} or you might
753 damage your board. In most cases there are only two possible
754 ways to connect the cable.
755 Connect the JTAG cable from your adapter to the board.
756 Be sure it's firmly connected.
757
758 In the best case, the connector is keyed to physically
759 prevent you from inserting it wrong.
760 This is most often done using a slot on the board's male connector
761 housing, which must match a key on the JTAG cable's female connector.
762 If there's no housing, then you must look carefully and
763 make sure pin 1 on the cable hooks up to pin 1 on the board.
764 Ribbon cables are frequently all grey except for a wire on one
765 edge, which is red. The red wire is pin 1.
766
767 Sometimes dongles provide cables where one end is an ``octopus'' of
768 color coded single-wire connectors, instead of a connector block.
769 These are great when converting from one JTAG pinout to another,
770 but are tedious to set up.
771 Use these with connector pinout diagrams to help you match up the
772 adapter signals to the right board pins.
773
774 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's other end} once the JTAG cable is connected.
775 A USB, parallel, or serial port connector will go to the host which
776 you are using to run OpenOCD.
777 For Ethernet, consult the documentation and your network administrator.
778
779 For USB based JTAG adapters you have an easy sanity check at this point:
780 does the host operating system see the JTAG adapter? If that host is an
781 MS-Windows host, you'll need to install a driver before OpenOCD works.
782
783 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's power supply, if needed.}
784 This step is primarily for non-USB adapters,
785 but sometimes USB adapters need extra power.
786
787 @item @emph{Power up the target board.}
788 Unless you just let the magic smoke escape,
789 you're now ready to set up the OpenOCD server
790 so you can use JTAG to work with that board.
791
792 @end enumerate
793
794 Talk with the OpenOCD server using
795 telnet (@code{telnet localhost 4444} on many systems) or GDB.
796 @xref{GDB and OpenOCD}.
797
798 @section Project Directory
799
800 There are many ways you can configure OpenOCD and start it up.
801
802 A simple way to organize them all involves keeping a
803 single directory for your work with a given board.
804 When you start OpenOCD from that directory,
805 it searches there first for configuration files, scripts,
806 files accessed through semihosting,
807 and for code you upload to the target board.
808 It is also the natural place to write files,
809 such as log files and data you download from the board.
810
811 @section Configuration Basics
812
813 There are two basic ways of configuring OpenOCD, and
814 a variety of ways you can mix them.
815 Think of the difference as just being how you start the server:
816
817 @itemize
818 @item Many @option{-f file} or @option{-c command} options on the command line
819 @item No options, but a @dfn{user config file}
820 in the current directory named @file{openocd.cfg}
821 @end itemize
822
823 Here is an example @file{openocd.cfg} file for a setup
824 using a Signalyzer FT2232-based JTAG adapter to talk to
825 a board with an Atmel AT91SAM7X256 microcontroller:
826
827 @example
828 source [find interface/signalyzer.cfg]
829
830 # GDB can also flash my flash!
831 gdb_memory_map enable
832 gdb_flash_program enable
833
834 source [find target/sam7x256.cfg]
835 @end example
836
837 Here is the command line equivalent of that configuration:
838
839 @example
840 openocd -f interface/signalyzer.cfg \
841 -c "gdb_memory_map enable" \
842 -c "gdb_flash_program enable" \
843 -f target/sam7x256.cfg
844 @end example
845
846 You could wrap such long command lines in shell scripts,
847 each supporting a different development task.
848 One might re-flash the board with a specific firmware version.
849 Another might set up a particular debugging or run-time environment.
850
851 @quotation Important
852 At this writing (October 2009) the command line method has
853 problems with how it treats variables.
854 For example, after @option{-c "set VAR value"}, or doing the
855 same in a script, the variable @var{VAR} will have no value
856 that can be tested in a later script.
857 @end quotation
858
859 Here we will focus on the simpler solution: one user config
860 file, including basic configuration plus any TCL procedures
861 to simplify your work.
862
863 @section User Config Files
864 @cindex config file, user
865 @cindex user config file
866 @cindex config file, overview
867
868 A user configuration file ties together all the parts of a project
869 in one place.
870 One of the following will match your situation best:
871
872 @itemize
873 @item Ideally almost everything comes from configuration files
874 provided by someone else.
875 For example, OpenOCD distributes a @file{scripts} directory
876 (probably in @file{/usr/share/openocd/scripts} on Linux).
877 Board and tool vendors can provide these too, as can individual
878 user sites; the @option{-s} command line option lets you say
879 where to find these files. (@xref{Running}.)
880 The AT91SAM7X256 example above works this way.
881
882 Three main types of non-user configuration file each have their
883 own subdirectory in the @file{scripts} directory:
884
885 @enumerate
886 @item @b{interface} -- one for each different debug adapter;
887 @item @b{board} -- one for each different board
888 @item @b{target} -- the chips which integrate CPUs and other JTAG TAPs
889 @end enumerate
890
891 Best case: include just two files, and they handle everything else.
892 The first is an interface config file.
893 The second is board-specific, and it sets up the JTAG TAPs and
894 their GDB targets (by deferring to some @file{target.cfg} file),
895 declares all flash memory, and leaves you nothing to do except
896 meet your deadline:
897
898 @example
899 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
900 source [find board/csb337.cfg]
901 @end example
902
903 Boards with a single microcontroller often won't need more
904 than the target config file, as in the AT91SAM7X256 example.
905 That's because there is no external memory (flash, DDR RAM), and
906 the board differences are encapsulated by application code.
907
908 @item Maybe you don't know yet what your board looks like to JTAG.
909 Once you know the @file{interface.cfg} file to use, you may
910 need help from OpenOCD to discover what's on the board.
911 Once you find the JTAG TAPs, you can just search for appropriate
912 target and board
913 configuration files ... or write your own, from the bottom up.
914 @xref{Autoprobing}.
915
916 @item You can often reuse some standard config files but
917 need to write a few new ones, probably a @file{board.cfg} file.
918 You will be using commands described later in this User's Guide,
919 and working with the guidelines in the next chapter.
920
921 For example, there may be configuration files for your JTAG adapter
922 and target chip, but you need a new board-specific config file
923 giving access to your particular flash chips.
924 Or you might need to write another target chip configuration file
925 for a new chip built around the Cortex M3 core.
926
927 @quotation Note
928 When you write new configuration files, please submit
929 them for inclusion in the next OpenOCD release.
930 For example, a @file{board/newboard.cfg} file will help the
931 next users of that board, and a @file{target/newcpu.cfg}
932 will help support users of any board using that chip.
933 @end quotation
934
935 @item
936 You may may need to write some C code.
937 It may be as simple as a supporting a new ft2232 or parport
938 based adapter; a bit more involved, like a NAND or NOR flash
939 controller driver; or a big piece of work like supporting
940 a new chip architecture.
941 @end itemize
942
943 Reuse the existing config files when you can.
944 Look first in the @file{scripts/boards} area, then @file{scripts/targets}.
945 You may find a board configuration that's a good example to follow.
946
947 When you write config files, separate the reusable parts
948 (things every user of that interface, chip, or board needs)
949 from ones specific to your environment and debugging approach.
950 @itemize
951
952 @item
953 For example, a @code{gdb-attach} event handler that invokes
954 the @command{reset init} command will interfere with debugging
955 early boot code, which performs some of the same actions
956 that the @code{reset-init} event handler does.
957
958 @item
959 Likewise, the @command{arm9 vector_catch} command (or
960 @cindex vector_catch
961 its siblings @command{xscale vector_catch}
962 and @command{cortex_m3 vector_catch}) can be a timesaver
963 during some debug sessions, but don't make everyone use that either.
964 Keep those kinds of debugging aids in your user config file,
965 along with messaging and tracing setup.
966 (@xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.)
967
968 @item
969 You might need to override some defaults.
970 For example, you might need to move, shrink, or back up the target's
971 work area if your application needs much SRAM.
972
973 @item
974 TCP/IP port configuration is another example of something which
975 is environment-specific, and should only appear in
976 a user config file. @xref{TCP/IP Ports}.
977 @end itemize
978
979 @section Project-Specific Utilities
980
981 A few project-specific utility
982 routines may well speed up your work.
983 Write them, and keep them in your project's user config file.
984
985 For example, if you are making a boot loader work on a
986 board, it's nice to be able to debug the ``after it's
987 loaded to RAM'' parts separately from the finicky early
988 code which sets up the DDR RAM controller and clocks.
989 A script like this one, or a more GDB-aware sibling,
990 may help:
991
992 @example
993 proc ramboot @{ @} @{
994 # Reset, running the target's "reset-init" scripts
995 # to initialize clocks and the DDR RAM controller.
996 # Leave the CPU halted.
997 reset init
998
999 # Load CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT version into DDR RAM.
1000 load_image u-boot.bin 0x20000000
1001
1002 # Start running.
1003 resume 0x20000000
1004 @}
1005 @end example
1006
1007 Then once that code is working you will need to make it
1008 boot from NOR flash; a different utility would help.
1009 Alternatively, some developers write to flash using GDB.
1010 (You might use a similar script if you're working with a flash
1011 based microcontroller application instead of a boot loader.)
1012
1013 @example
1014 proc newboot @{ @} @{
1015 # Reset, leaving the CPU halted. The "reset-init" event
1016 # proc gives faster access to the CPU and to NOR flash;
1017 # "reset halt" would be slower.
1018 reset init
1019
1020 # Write standard version of U-Boot into the first two
1021 # sectors of NOR flash ... the standard version should
1022 # do the same lowlevel init as "reset-init".
1023 flash protect 0 0 1 off
1024 flash erase_sector 0 0 1
1025 flash write_bank 0 u-boot.bin 0x0
1026 flash protect 0 0 1 on
1027
1028 # Reboot from scratch using that new boot loader.
1029 reset run
1030 @}
1031 @end example
1032
1033 You may need more complicated utility procedures when booting
1034 from NAND.
1035 That often involves an extra bootloader stage,
1036 running from on-chip SRAM to perform DDR RAM setup so it can load
1037 the main bootloader code (which won't fit into that SRAM).
1038
1039 Other helper scripts might be used to write production system images,
1040 involving considerably more than just a three stage bootloader.
1041
1042 @section Target Software Changes
1043
1044 Sometimes you may want to make some small changes to the software
1045 you're developing, to help make JTAG debugging work better.
1046 For example, in C or assembly language code you might
1047 use @code{#ifdef JTAG_DEBUG} (or its converse) around code
1048 handling issues like:
1049
1050 @itemize @bullet
1051
1052 @item @b{Watchdog Timers}...
1053 Watchog timers are typically used to automatically reset systems if
1054 some application task doesn't periodically reset the timer. (The
1055 assumption is that the system has locked up if the task can't run.)
1056 When a JTAG debugger halts the system, that task won't be able to run
1057 and reset the timer ... potentially causing resets in the middle of
1058 your debug sessions.
1059
1060 It's rarely a good idea to disable such watchdogs, since their usage
1061 needs to be debugged just like all other parts of your firmware.
1062 That might however be your only option.
1063
1064 Look instead for chip-specific ways to stop the watchdog from counting
1065 while the system is in a debug halt state. It may be simplest to set
1066 that non-counting mode in your debugger startup scripts. You may however
1067 need a different approach when, for example, a motor could be physically
1068 damaged by firmware remaining inactive in a debug halt state. That might
1069 involve a type of firmware mode where that "non-counting" mode is disabled
1070 at the beginning then re-enabled at the end; a watchdog reset might fire
1071 and complicate the debug session, but hardware (or people) would be
1072 protected.@footnote{Note that many systems support a "monitor mode" debug
1073 that is a somewhat cleaner way to address such issues. You can think of
1074 it as only halting part of the system, maybe just one task,
1075 instead of the whole thing.
1076 At this writing, January 2010, OpenOCD based debugging does not support
1077 monitor mode debug, only "halt mode" debug.}
1078
1079 @item @b{ARM Semihosting}...
1080 @cindex ARM semihosting
1081 When linked with a special runtime library provided with many
1082 toolchains@footnote{See chapter 8 "Semihosting" in
1083 @uref{http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.dui0203i/DUI0203I_rvct_developer_guide.pdf,
1084 ARM DUI 0203I}, the "RealView Compilation Tools Developer Guide".
1085 The CodeSourcery EABI toolchain also includes a semihosting library.},
1086 your target code can use I/O facilities on the debug host. That library
1087 provides a small set of system calls which are handled by OpenOCD.
1088 It can let the debugger provide your system console and a file system,
1089 helping with early debugging or providing a more capable environment
1090 for sometimes-complex tasks like installing system firmware onto
1091 NAND or SPI flash.
1092
1093 @item @b{ARM Wait-For-Interrupt}...
1094 Many ARM chips synchronize the JTAG clock using the core clock.
1095 Low power states which stop that core clock thus prevent JTAG access.
1096 Idle loops in tasking environments often enter those low power states
1097 via the @code{WFI} instruction (or its coprocessor equivalent, before ARMv7).
1098
1099 You may want to @emph{disable that instruction} in source code,
1100 or otherwise prevent using that state,
1101 to ensure you can get JTAG access at any time.@footnote{As a more
1102 polite alternative, some processors have special debug-oriented
1103 registers which can be used to change various features including
1104 how the low power states are clocked while debugging.
1105 The STM32 DBGMCU_CR register is an example; at the cost of extra
1106 power consumption, JTAG can be used during low power states.}
1107 For example, the OpenOCD @command{halt} command may not
1108 work for an idle processor otherwise.
1109
1110 @item @b{Delay after reset}...
1111 Not all chips have good support for debugger access
1112 right after reset; many LPC2xxx chips have issues here.
1113 Similarly, applications that reconfigure pins used for
1114 JTAG access as they start will also block debugger access.
1115
1116 To work with boards like this, @emph{enable a short delay loop}
1117 the first thing after reset, before "real" startup activities.
1118 For example, one second's delay is usually more than enough
1119 time for a JTAG debugger to attach, so that
1120 early code execution can be debugged
1121 or firmware can be replaced.
1122
1123 @item @b{Debug Communications Channel (DCC)}...
1124 Some processors include mechanisms to send messages over JTAG.
1125 Many ARM cores support these, as do some cores from other vendors.
1126 (OpenOCD may be able to use this DCC internally, speeding up some
1127 operations like writing to memory.)
1128
1129 Your application may want to deliver various debugging messages
1130 over JTAG, by @emph{linking with a small library of code}
1131 provided with OpenOCD and using the utilities there to send
1132 various kinds of message.
1133 @xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.
1134
1135 @end itemize
1136
1137 @section Target Hardware Setup
1138
1139 Chip vendors often provide software development boards which
1140 are highly configurable, so that they can support all options
1141 that product boards may require. @emph{Make sure that any
1142 jumpers or switches match the system configuration you are
1143 working with.}
1144
1145 Common issues include:
1146
1147 @itemize @bullet
1148
1149 @item @b{JTAG setup} ...
1150 Boards may support more than one JTAG configuration.
1151 Examples include jumpers controlling pullups versus pulldowns
1152 on the nTRST and/or nSRST signals, and choice of connectors
1153 (e.g. which of two headers on the base board,
1154 or one from a daughtercard).
1155 For some Texas Instruments boards, you may need to jumper the
1156 EMU0 and EMU1 signals (which OpenOCD won't currently control).
1157
1158 @item @b{Boot Modes} ...
1159 Complex chips often support multiple boot modes, controlled
1160 by external jumpers. Make sure this is set up correctly.
1161 For example many i.MX boards from NXP need to be jumpered
1162 to "ATX mode" to start booting using the on-chip ROM, when
1163 using second stage bootloader code stored in a NAND flash chip.
1164
1165 Such explicit configuration is common, and not limited to
1166 booting from NAND. You might also need to set jumpers to
1167 start booting using code loaded from an MMC/SD card; external
1168 SPI flash; Ethernet, UART, or USB links; NOR flash; OneNAND
1169 flash; some external host; or various other sources.
1170
1171
1172 @item @b{Memory Addressing} ...
1173 Boards which support multiple boot modes may also have jumpers
1174 to configure memory addressing. One board, for example, jumpers
1175 external chipselect 0 (used for booting) to address either
1176 a large SRAM (which must be pre-loaded via JTAG), NOR flash,
1177 or NAND flash. When it's jumpered to address NAND flash, that
1178 board must also be told to start booting from on-chip ROM.
1179
1180 Your @file{board.cfg} file may also need to be told this jumper
1181 configuration, so that it can know whether to declare NOR flash
1182 using @command{flash bank} or instead declare NAND flash with
1183 @command{nand device}; and likewise which probe to perform in
1184 its @code{reset-init} handler.
1185
1186 A closely related issue is bus width. Jumpers might need to
1187 distinguish between 8 bit or 16 bit bus access for the flash
1188 used to start booting.
1189
1190 @item @b{Peripheral Access} ...
1191 Development boards generally provide access to every peripheral
1192 on the chip, sometimes in multiple modes (such as by providing
1193 multiple audio codec chips).
1194 This interacts with software
1195 configuration of pin multiplexing, where for example a
1196 given pin may be routed either to the MMC/SD controller
1197 or the GPIO controller. It also often interacts with
1198 configuration jumpers. One jumper may be used to route
1199 signals to an MMC/SD card slot or an expansion bus (which
1200 might in turn affect booting); others might control which
1201 audio or video codecs are used.
1202
1203 @end itemize
1204
1205 Plus you should of course have @code{reset-init} event handlers
1206 which set up the hardware to match that jumper configuration.
1207 That includes in particular any oscillator or PLL used to clock
1208 the CPU, and any memory controllers needed to access external
1209 memory and peripherals. Without such handlers, you won't be
1210 able to access those resources without working target firmware
1211 which can do that setup ... this can be awkward when you're
1212 trying to debug that target firmware. Even if there's a ROM
1213 bootloader which handles a few issues, it rarely provides full
1214 access to all board-specific capabilities.
1215
1216
1217 @node Config File Guidelines
1218 @chapter Config File Guidelines
1219
1220 This chapter is aimed at any user who needs to write a config file,
1221 including developers and integrators of OpenOCD and any user who
1222 needs to get a new board working smoothly.
1223 It provides guidelines for creating those files.
1224
1225 You should find the following directories under @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/scripts},
1226 with files including the ones listed here.
1227 Use them as-is where you can; or as models for new files.
1228 @itemize @bullet
1229 @item @file{interface} ...
1230 These are for debug adapters.
1231 Files that configure JTAG adapters go here.
1232 @example
1233 $ ls interface
1234 arm-jtag-ew.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg oocdlink.cfg
1235 arm-usb-ocd.cfg icebear.cfg openocd-usb.cfg
1236 at91rm9200.cfg jlink.cfg parport.cfg
1237 axm0432.cfg jtagkey2.cfg parport_dlc5.cfg
1238 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg jtagkey.cfg rlink.cfg
1239 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey-tiny.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1240 calao-usb-a9260.cfg luminary.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1241 chameleon.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1242 cortino.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg turtelizer2.cfg
1243 dummy.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg usbprog.cfg
1244 flyswatter.cfg olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg vsllink.cfg
1245 $
1246 @end example
1247 @item @file{board} ...
1248 think Circuit Board, PWA, PCB, they go by many names. Board files
1249 contain initialization items that are specific to a board.
1250 They reuse target configuration files, since the same
1251 microprocessor chips are used on many boards,
1252 but support for external parts varies widely. For
1253 example, the SDRAM initialization sequence for the board, or the type
1254 of external flash and what address it uses. Any initialization
1255 sequence to enable that external flash or SDRAM should be found in the
1256 board file. Boards may also contain multiple targets: two CPUs; or
1257 a CPU and an FPGA.
1258 @example
1259 $ ls board
1260 arm_evaluator7t.cfg keil_mcb1700.cfg
1261 at91rm9200-dk.cfg keil_mcb2140.cfg
1262 at91sam9g20-ek.cfg linksys_nslu2.cfg
1263 atmel_at91sam7s-ek.cfg logicpd_imx27.cfg
1264 atmel_at91sam9260-ek.cfg mini2440.cfg
1265 atmel_sam3u_ek.cfg olimex_LPC2378STK.cfg
1266 crossbow_tech_imote2.cfg olimex_lpc_h2148.cfg
1267 csb337.cfg olimex_sam7_ex256.cfg
1268 csb732.cfg olimex_sam9_l9260.cfg
1269 digi_connectcore_wi-9c.cfg olimex_stm32_h103.cfg
1270 dm355evm.cfg omap2420_h4.cfg
1271 dm365evm.cfg osk5912.cfg
1272 dm6446evm.cfg pic-p32mx.cfg
1273 eir.cfg propox_mmnet1001.cfg
1274 ek-lm3s1968.cfg pxa255_sst.cfg
1275 ek-lm3s3748.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1276 ek-lm3s811.cfg stm3210e_eval.cfg
1277 ek-lm3s9b9x.cfg stm32f10x_128k_eval.cfg
1278 hammer.cfg str910-eval.cfg
1279 hitex_lpc2929.cfg telo.cfg
1280 hitex_stm32-performancestick.cfg ti_beagleboard.cfg
1281 hitex_str9-comstick.cfg topas910.cfg
1282 iar_str912_sk.cfg topasa900.cfg
1283 imx27ads.cfg unknown_at91sam9260.cfg
1284 imx27lnst.cfg x300t.cfg
1285 imx31pdk.cfg zy1000.cfg
1286 $
1287 @end example
1288 @item @file{target} ...
1289 think chip. The ``target'' directory represents the JTAG TAPs
1290 on a chip
1291 which OpenOCD should control, not a board. Two common types of targets
1292 are ARM chips and FPGA or CPLD chips.
1293 When a chip has multiple TAPs (maybe it has both ARM and DSP cores),
1294 the target config file defines all of them.
1295 @example
1296 $ ls target
1297 aduc702x.cfg imx27.cfg pxa255.cfg
1298 ar71xx.cfg imx31.cfg pxa270.cfg
1299 at91eb40a.cfg imx35.cfg readme.txt
1300 at91r40008.cfg is5114.cfg sam7se512.cfg
1301 at91rm9200.cfg ixp42x.cfg sam7x256.cfg
1302 at91sam3u1c.cfg lm3s1968.cfg samsung_s3c2410.cfg
1303 at91sam3u1e.cfg lm3s3748.cfg samsung_s3c2440.cfg
1304 at91sam3u2c.cfg lm3s6965.cfg samsung_s3c2450.cfg
1305 at91sam3u2e.cfg lm3s811.cfg samsung_s3c4510.cfg
1306 at91sam3u4c.cfg lm3s9b9x.cfg samsung_s3c6410.cfg
1307 at91sam3u4e.cfg lpc1768.cfg sharp_lh79532.cfg
1308 at91sam3uXX.cfg lpc2103.cfg smdk6410.cfg
1309 at91sam7sx.cfg lpc2124.cfg smp8634.cfg
1310 at91sam9260.cfg lpc2129.cfg stm32f1x.cfg
1311 c100.cfg lpc2148.cfg str710.cfg
1312 c100config.tcl lpc2294.cfg str730.cfg
1313 c100helper.tcl lpc2378.cfg str750.cfg
1314 c100regs.tcl lpc2478.cfg str912.cfg
1315 cs351x.cfg lpc2900.cfg telo.cfg
1316 davinci.cfg mega128.cfg ti_dm355.cfg
1317 dragonite.cfg netx500.cfg ti_dm365.cfg
1318 epc9301.cfg omap2420.cfg ti_dm6446.cfg
1319 feroceon.cfg omap3530.cfg tmpa900.cfg
1320 icepick.cfg omap5912.cfg tmpa910.cfg
1321 imx21.cfg pic32mx.cfg xba_revA3.cfg
1322 $
1323 @end example
1324 @item @emph{more} ... browse for other library files which may be useful.
1325 For example, there are various generic and CPU-specific utilities.
1326 @end itemize
1327
1328 The @file{openocd.cfg} user config
1329 file may override features in any of the above files by
1330 setting variables before sourcing the target file, or by adding
1331 commands specific to their situation.
1332
1333 @section Interface Config Files
1334
1335 The user config file
1336 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1337
1338 @example
1339 source [find interface/FOOBAR.cfg]
1340 @end example
1341
1342 A preconfigured interface file should exist for every debug adapter
1343 in use today with OpenOCD.
1344 That said, perhaps some of these config files
1345 have only been used by the developer who created it.
1346
1347 A separate chapter gives information about how to set these up.
1348 @xref{Debug Adapter Configuration}.
1349 Read the OpenOCD source code (and Developer's Guide)
1350 if you have a new kind of hardware interface
1351 and need to provide a driver for it.
1352
1353 @section Board Config Files
1354 @cindex config file, board
1355 @cindex board config file
1356
1357 The user config file
1358 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1359
1360 @example
1361 source [find board/FOOBAR.cfg]
1362 @end example
1363
1364 The point of a board config file is to package everything
1365 about a given board that user config files need to know.
1366 In summary the board files should contain (if present)
1367
1368 @enumerate
1369 @item One or more @command{source [target/...cfg]} statements
1370 @item NOR flash configuration (@pxref{NOR Configuration})
1371 @item NAND flash configuration (@pxref{NAND Configuration})
1372 @item Target @code{reset} handlers for SDRAM and I/O configuration
1373 @item JTAG adapter reset configuration (@pxref{Reset Configuration})
1374 @item All things that are not ``inside a chip''
1375 @end enumerate
1376
1377 Generic things inside target chips belong in target config files,
1378 not board config files. So for example a @code{reset-init} event
1379 handler should know board-specific oscillator and PLL parameters,
1380 which it passes to target-specific utility code.
1381
1382 The most complex task of a board config file is creating such a
1383 @code{reset-init} event handler.
1384 Define those handlers last, after you verify the rest of the board
1385 configuration works.
1386
1387 @subsection Communication Between Config files
1388
1389 In addition to target-specific utility code, another way that
1390 board and target config files communicate is by following a
1391 convention on how to use certain variables.
1392
1393 The full Tcl/Tk language supports ``namespaces'', but Jim-Tcl does not.
1394 Thus the rule we follow in OpenOCD is this: Variables that begin with
1395 a leading underscore are temporary in nature, and can be modified and
1396 used at will within a target configuration file.
1397
1398 Complex board config files can do the things like this,
1399 for a board with three chips:
1400
1401 @example
1402 # Chip #1: PXA270 for network side, big endian
1403 set CHIPNAME network
1404 set ENDIAN big
1405 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1406 # on return: _TARGETNAME = network.cpu
1407 # other commands can refer to the "network.cpu" target.
1408 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1409
1410 # Chip #2: PXA270 for video side, little endian
1411 set CHIPNAME video
1412 set ENDIAN little
1413 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1414 # on return: _TARGETNAME = video.cpu
1415 # other commands can refer to the "video.cpu" target.
1416 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1417
1418 # Chip #3: Xilinx FPGA for glue logic
1419 set CHIPNAME xilinx
1420 unset ENDIAN
1421 source [find target/spartan3.cfg]
1422 @end example
1423
1424 That example is oversimplified because it doesn't show any flash memory,
1425 or the @code{reset-init} event handlers to initialize external DRAM
1426 or (assuming it needs it) load a configuration into the FPGA.
1427 Such features are usually needed for low-level work with many boards,
1428 where ``low level'' implies that the board initialization software may
1429 not be working. (That's a common reason to need JTAG tools. Another
1430 is to enable working with microcontroller-based systems, which often
1431 have no debugging support except a JTAG connector.)
1432
1433 Target config files may also export utility functions to board and user
1434 config files. Such functions should use name prefixes, to help avoid
1435 naming collisions.
1436
1437 Board files could also accept input variables from user config files.
1438 For example, there might be a @code{J4_JUMPER} setting used to identify
1439 what kind of flash memory a development board is using, or how to set
1440 up other clocks and peripherals.
1441
1442 @subsection Variable Naming Convention
1443 @cindex variable names
1444
1445 Most boards have only one instance of a chip.
1446 However, it should be easy to create a board with more than
1447 one such chip (as shown above).
1448 Accordingly, we encourage these conventions for naming
1449 variables associated with different @file{target.cfg} files,
1450 to promote consistency and
1451 so that board files can override target defaults.
1452
1453 Inputs to target config files include:
1454
1455 @itemize @bullet
1456 @item @code{CHIPNAME} ...
1457 This gives a name to the overall chip, and is used as part of
1458 tap identifier dotted names.
1459 While the default is normally provided by the chip manufacturer,
1460 board files may need to distinguish between instances of a chip.
1461 @item @code{ENDIAN} ...
1462 By default @option{little} - although chips may hard-wire @option{big}.
1463 Chips that can't change endianness don't need to use this variable.
1464 @item @code{CPUTAPID} ...
1465 When OpenOCD examines the JTAG chain, it can be told verify the
1466 chips against the JTAG IDCODE register.
1467 The target file will hold one or more defaults, but sometimes the
1468 chip in a board will use a different ID (perhaps a newer revision).
1469 @end itemize
1470
1471 Outputs from target config files include:
1472
1473 @itemize @bullet
1474 @item @code{_TARGETNAME} ...
1475 By convention, this variable is created by the target configuration
1476 script. The board configuration file may make use of this variable to
1477 configure things like a ``reset init'' script, or other things
1478 specific to that board and that target.
1479 If the chip has 2 targets, the names are @code{_TARGETNAME0},
1480 @code{_TARGETNAME1}, ... etc.
1481 @end itemize
1482
1483 @subsection The reset-init Event Handler
1484 @cindex event, reset-init
1485 @cindex reset-init handler
1486
1487 Board config files run in the OpenOCD configuration stage;
1488 they can't use TAPs or targets, since they haven't been
1489 fully set up yet.
1490 This means you can't write memory or access chip registers;
1491 you can't even verify that a flash chip is present.
1492 That's done later in event handlers, of which the target @code{reset-init}
1493 handler is one of the most important.
1494
1495 Except on microcontrollers, the basic job of @code{reset-init} event
1496 handlers is setting up flash and DRAM, as normally handled by boot loaders.
1497 Microcontrollers rarely use boot loaders; they run right out of their
1498 on-chip flash and SRAM memory. But they may want to use one of these
1499 handlers too, if just for developer convenience.
1500
1501 @quotation Note
1502 Because this is so very board-specific, and chip-specific, no examples
1503 are included here.
1504 Instead, look at the board config files distributed with OpenOCD.
1505 If you have a boot loader, its source code will help; so will
1506 configuration files for other JTAG tools
1507 (@pxref{Translating Configuration Files}).
1508 @end quotation
1509
1510 Some of this code could probably be shared between different boards.
1511 For example, setting up a DRAM controller often doesn't differ by
1512 much except the bus width (16 bits or 32?) and memory timings, so a
1513 reusable TCL procedure loaded by the @file{target.cfg} file might take
1514 those as parameters.
1515 Similarly with oscillator, PLL, and clock setup;
1516 and disabling the watchdog.
1517 Structure the code cleanly, and provide comments to help
1518 the next developer doing such work.
1519 (@emph{You might be that next person} trying to reuse init code!)
1520
1521 The last thing normally done in a @code{reset-init} handler is probing
1522 whatever flash memory was configured. For most chips that needs to be
1523 done while the associated target is halted, either because JTAG memory
1524 access uses the CPU or to prevent conflicting CPU access.
1525
1526 @subsection JTAG Clock Rate
1527
1528 Before your @code{reset-init} handler has set up
1529 the PLLs and clocking, you may need to run with
1530 a low JTAG clock rate.
1531 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1532 Then you'd increase that rate after your handler has
1533 made it possible to use the faster JTAG clock.
1534 When the initial low speed is board-specific, for example
1535 because it depends on a board-specific oscillator speed, then
1536 you should probably set it up in the board config file;
1537 if it's target-specific, it belongs in the target config file.
1538
1539 For most ARM-based processors the fastest JTAG clock@footnote{A FAQ
1540 @uref{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} gives details.}
1541 is one sixth of the CPU clock; or one eighth for ARM11 cores.
1542 Consult chip documentation to determine the peak JTAG clock rate,
1543 which might be less than that.
1544
1545 @quotation Warning
1546 On most ARMs, JTAG clock detection is coupled to the core clock, so
1547 software using a @option{wait for interrupt} operation blocks JTAG access.
1548 Adaptive clocking provides a partial workaround, but a more complete
1549 solution just avoids using that instruction with JTAG debuggers.
1550 @end quotation
1551
1552 If both the chip and the board support adaptive clocking,
1553 use the @command{jtag_rclk}
1554 command, in case your board is used with JTAG adapter which
1555 also supports it. Otherwise use @command{adapter_khz}.
1556 Set the slow rate at the beginning of the reset sequence,
1557 and the faster rate as soon as the clocks are at full speed.
1558
1559 @anchor{The init_board procedure}
1560 @subsection The init_board procedure
1561 @cindex init_board procedure
1562
1563 The concept of @code{init_board} procedure is very similar to @code{init_targets} (@xref{The init_targets procedure}.)
1564 - it's a replacement of ``linear'' configuration scripts. This procedure is meant to be executed when OpenOCD enters run
1565 stage (@xref{Entering the Run Stage},) after @code{init_targets}. The idea to have spearate @code{init_targets} and
1566 @code{init_board} procedures is to allow the first one to configure everything target specific (internal flash,
1567 internal RAM, etc.) and the second one to configure everything board specific (reset signals, chip frequency,
1568 reset-init event handler, external memory, etc.). Additionally ``linear'' board config file will most likely fail when
1569 target config file uses @code{init_targets} scheme (``linear'' script is executed before @code{init} and
1570 @code{init_targets} - after), so separating these two configuration stages is very convenient, as the easiest way to
1571 overcome this problem is to convert board config file to use @code{init_board} procedure. Board config scripts don't
1572 need to override @code{init_targets} defined in target config files when they only need to to add some specifics.
1573
1574 Just as @code{init_targets}, the @code{init_board} procedure can be overriden by ``next level'' script (which sources
1575 the original), allowing greater code reuse.
1576
1577 @example
1578 ### board_file.cfg ###
1579
1580 # source target file that does most of the config in init_targets
1581 source [find target/target.cfg]
1582
1583 proc enable_fast_clock @{@} @{
1584 # enables fast on-board clock source
1585 # configures the chip to use it
1586 @}
1587
1588 # initialize only board specifics - reset, clock, adapter frequency
1589 proc init_board @{@} @{
1590 reset_config trst_and_srst trst_pulls_srst
1591
1592 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-init @{
1593 adapter_khz 1
1594 enable_fast_clock
1595 adapter_khz 10000
1596 @}
1597 @}
1598 @end example
1599
1600 @section Target Config Files
1601 @cindex config file, target
1602 @cindex target config file
1603
1604 Board config files communicate with target config files using
1605 naming conventions as described above, and may source one or
1606 more target config files like this:
1607
1608 @example
1609 source [find target/FOOBAR.cfg]
1610 @end example
1611
1612 The point of a target config file is to package everything
1613 about a given chip that board config files need to know.
1614 In summary the target files should contain
1615
1616 @enumerate
1617 @item Set defaults
1618 @item Add TAPs to the scan chain
1619 @item Add CPU targets (includes GDB support)
1620 @item CPU/Chip/CPU-Core specific features
1621 @item On-Chip flash
1622 @end enumerate
1623
1624 As a rule of thumb, a target file sets up only one chip.
1625 For a microcontroller, that will often include a single TAP,
1626 which is a CPU needing a GDB target, and its on-chip flash.
1627
1628 More complex chips may include multiple TAPs, and the target
1629 config file may need to define them all before OpenOCD
1630 can talk to the chip.
1631 For example, some phone chips have JTAG scan chains that include
1632 an ARM core for operating system use, a DSP,
1633 another ARM core embedded in an image processing engine,
1634 and other processing engines.
1635
1636 @subsection Default Value Boiler Plate Code
1637
1638 All target configuration files should start with code like this,
1639 letting board config files express environment-specific
1640 differences in how things should be set up.
1641
1642 @example
1643 # Boards may override chip names, perhaps based on role,
1644 # but the default should match what the vendor uses
1645 if @{ [info exists CHIPNAME] @} @{
1646 set _CHIPNAME $CHIPNAME
1647 @} else @{
1648 set _CHIPNAME sam7x256
1649 @}
1650
1651 # ONLY use ENDIAN with targets that can change it.
1652 if @{ [info exists ENDIAN] @} @{
1653 set _ENDIAN $ENDIAN
1654 @} else @{
1655 set _ENDIAN little
1656 @}
1657
1658 # TAP identifiers may change as chips mature, for example with
1659 # new revision fields (the "3" here). Pick a good default; you
1660 # can pass several such identifiers to the "jtag newtap" command.
1661 if @{ [info exists CPUTAPID ] @} @{
1662 set _CPUTAPID $CPUTAPID
1663 @} else @{
1664 set _CPUTAPID 0x3f0f0f0f
1665 @}
1666 @end example
1667 @c but 0x3f0f0f0f is for an str73x part ...
1668
1669 @emph{Remember:} Board config files may include multiple target
1670 config files, or the same target file multiple times
1671 (changing at least @code{CHIPNAME}).
1672
1673 Likewise, the target configuration file should define
1674 @code{_TARGETNAME} (or @code{_TARGETNAME0} etc) and
1675 use it later on when defining debug targets:
1676
1677 @example
1678 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1679 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1680 @end example
1681
1682 @subsection Adding TAPs to the Scan Chain
1683 After the ``defaults'' are set up,
1684 add the TAPs on each chip to the JTAG scan chain.
1685 @xref{TAP Declaration}, and the naming convention
1686 for taps.
1687
1688 In the simplest case the chip has only one TAP,
1689 probably for a CPU or FPGA.
1690 The config file for the Atmel AT91SAM7X256
1691 looks (in part) like this:
1692
1693 @example
1694 jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id $_CPUTAPID
1695 @end example
1696
1697 A board with two such at91sam7 chips would be able
1698 to source such a config file twice, with different
1699 values for @code{CHIPNAME}, so
1700 it adds a different TAP each time.
1701
1702 If there are nonzero @option{-expected-id} values,
1703 OpenOCD attempts to verify the actual tap id against those values.
1704 It will issue error messages if there is mismatch, which
1705 can help to pinpoint problems in OpenOCD configurations.
1706
1707 @example
1708 JTAG tap: sam7x256.cpu tap/device found: 0x3f0f0f0f
1709 (Manufacturer: 0x787, Part: 0xf0f0, Version: 0x3)
1710 ERROR: Tap: sam7x256.cpu - Expected id: 0x12345678, Got: 0x3f0f0f0f
1711 ERROR: expected: mfg: 0x33c, part: 0x2345, ver: 0x1
1712 ERROR: got: mfg: 0x787, part: 0xf0f0, ver: 0x3
1713 @end example
1714
1715 There are more complex examples too, with chips that have
1716 multiple TAPs. Ones worth looking at include:
1717
1718 @itemize
1719 @item @file{target/omap3530.cfg} -- with disabled ARM and DSP,
1720 plus a JRC to enable them
1721 @item @file{target/str912.cfg} -- with flash, CPU, and boundary scan
1722 @item @file{target/ti_dm355.cfg} -- with ETM, ARM, and JRC (this JRC
1723 is not currently used)
1724 @end itemize
1725
1726 @subsection Add CPU targets
1727
1728 After adding a TAP for a CPU, you should set it up so that
1729 GDB and other commands can use it.
1730 @xref{CPU Configuration}.
1731 For the at91sam7 example above, the command can look like this;
1732 note that @code{$_ENDIAN} is not needed, since OpenOCD defaults
1733 to little endian, and this chip doesn't support changing that.
1734
1735 @example
1736 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1737 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1738 @end example
1739
1740 Work areas are small RAM areas associated with CPU targets.
1741 They are used by OpenOCD to speed up downloads,
1742 and to download small snippets of code to program flash chips.
1743 If the chip includes a form of ``on-chip-ram'' - and many do - define
1744 a work area if you can.
1745 Again using the at91sam7 as an example, this can look like:
1746
1747 @example
1748 $_TARGETNAME configure -work-area-phys 0x00200000 \
1749 -work-area-size 0x4000 -work-area-backup 0
1750 @end example
1751
1752 @anchor{Define CPU targets working in SMP}
1753 @subsection Define CPU targets working in SMP
1754 @cindex SMP
1755 After setting targets, you can define a list of targets working in SMP.
1756
1757 @example
1758 set _TARGETNAME_1 $_CHIPNAME.cpu1
1759 set _TARGETNAME_2 $_CHIPNAME.cpu2
1760 target create $_TARGETNAME_1 cortex_a8 -chain-position $_CHIPNAME.dap \
1761 -coreid 0 -dbgbase $_DAP_DBG1
1762 target create $_TARGETNAME_2 cortex_a8 -chain-position $_CHIPNAME.dap \
1763 -coreid 1 -dbgbase $_DAP_DBG2
1764 #define 2 targets working in smp.
1765 target smp $_CHIPNAME.cpu2 $_CHIPNAME.cpu1
1766 @end example
1767 In the above example on cortex_a8, 2 cpus are working in SMP.
1768 In SMP only one GDB instance is created and :
1769 @itemize @bullet
1770 @item a set of hardware breakpoint sets the same breakpoint on all targets in the list.
1771 @item halt command triggers the halt of all targets in the list.
1772 @item resume command triggers the write context and the restart of all targets in the list.
1773 @item following a breakpoint: the target stopped by the breakpoint is displayed to the GDB session.
1774 @item dedicated GDB serial protocol packets are implemented for switching/retrieving the target
1775 displayed by the GDB session @pxref{Using openocd SMP with GDB}.
1776 @end itemize
1777
1778 The SMP behaviour can be disabled/enabled dynamically. On cortex_a8 following
1779 command have been implemented.
1780 @itemize @bullet
1781 @item cortex_a8 smp_on : enable SMP mode, behaviour is as described above.
1782 @item cortex_a8 smp_off : disable SMP mode, the current target is the one
1783 displayed in the GDB session, only this target is now controlled by GDB
1784 session. This behaviour is useful during system boot up.
1785 @item cortex_a8 smp_gdb : display/fix the core id displayed in GDB session see
1786 following example.
1787 @end itemize
1788
1789 @example
1790 >cortex_a8 smp_gdb
1791 gdb coreid 0 -> -1
1792 #0 : coreid 0 is displayed to GDB ,
1793 #-> -1 : next resume triggers a real resume
1794 > cortex_a8 smp_gdb 1
1795 gdb coreid 0 -> 1
1796 #0 :coreid 0 is displayed to GDB ,
1797 #->1 : next resume displays coreid 1 to GDB
1798 > resume
1799 > cortex_a8 smp_gdb
1800 gdb coreid 1 -> 1
1801 #1 :coreid 1 is displayed to GDB ,
1802 #->1 : next resume displays coreid 1 to GDB
1803 > cortex_a8 smp_gdb -1
1804 gdb coreid 1 -> -1
1805 #1 :coreid 1 is displayed to GDB,
1806 #->-1 : next resume triggers a real resume
1807 @end example
1808
1809
1810 @subsection Chip Reset Setup
1811
1812 As a rule, you should put the @command{reset_config} command
1813 into the board file. Most things you think you know about a
1814 chip can be tweaked by the board.
1815
1816 Some chips have specific ways the TRST and SRST signals are
1817 managed. In the unusual case that these are @emph{chip specific}
1818 and can never be changed by board wiring, they could go here.
1819 For example, some chips can't support JTAG debugging without
1820 both signals.
1821
1822 Provide a @code{reset-assert} event handler if you can.
1823 Such a handler uses JTAG operations to reset the target,
1824 letting this target config be used in systems which don't
1825 provide the optional SRST signal, or on systems where you
1826 don't want to reset all targets at once.
1827 Such a handler might write to chip registers to force a reset,
1828 use a JRC to do that (preferable -- the target may be wedged!),
1829 or force a watchdog timer to trigger.
1830 (For Cortex-M3 targets, this is not necessary. The target
1831 driver knows how to use trigger an NVIC reset when SRST is
1832 not available.)
1833
1834 Some chips need special attention during reset handling if
1835 they're going to be used with JTAG.
1836 An example might be needing to send some commands right
1837 after the target's TAP has been reset, providing a
1838 @code{reset-deassert-post} event handler that writes a chip
1839 register to report that JTAG debugging is being done.
1840 Another would be reconfiguring the watchdog so that it stops
1841 counting while the core is halted in the debugger.
1842
1843 JTAG clocking constraints often change during reset, and in
1844 some cases target config files (rather than board config files)
1845 are the right places to handle some of those issues.
1846 For example, immediately after reset most chips run using a
1847 slower clock than they will use later.
1848 That means that after reset (and potentially, as OpenOCD
1849 first starts up) they must use a slower JTAG clock rate
1850 than they will use later.
1851 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1852
1853 @quotation Important
1854 When you are debugging code that runs right after chip
1855 reset, getting these issues right is critical.
1856 In particular, if you see intermittent failures when
1857 OpenOCD verifies the scan chain after reset,
1858 look at how you are setting up JTAG clocking.
1859 @end quotation
1860
1861 @anchor{The init_targets procedure}
1862 @subsection The init_targets procedure
1863 @cindex init_targets procedure
1864
1865 Target config files can either be ``linear'' (script executed line-by-line when parsed in configuration stage,
1866 @xref{Configuration Stage},) or they can contain a special procedure called @code{init_targets}, which will be executed
1867 when entering run stage (after parsing all config files or after @code{init} command, @xref{Entering the Run Stage}.)
1868 Such procedure can be overriden by ``next level'' script (which sources the original). This concept faciliates code
1869 reuse when basic target config files provide generic configuration procedures and @code{init_targets} procedure, which
1870 can then be sourced and enchanced or changed in a ``more specific'' target config file. This is not possible with
1871 ``linear'' config scripts, because sourcing them executes every initialization commands they provide.
1872
1873 @example
1874 ### generic_file.cfg ###
1875
1876 proc setup_my_chip @{chip_name flash_size ram_size@} @{
1877 # basic initialization procedure ...
1878 @}
1879
1880 proc init_targets @{@} @{
1881 # initializes generic chip with 4kB of flash and 1kB of RAM
1882 setup_my_chip MY_GENERIC_CHIP 4096 1024
1883 @}
1884
1885 ### specific_file.cfg ###
1886
1887 source [find target/generic_file.cfg]
1888
1889 proc init_targets @{@} @{
1890 # initializes specific chip with 128kB of flash and 64kB of RAM
1891 setup_my_chip MY_CHIP_WITH_128K_FLASH_64KB_RAM 131072 65536
1892 @}
1893 @end example
1894
1895 The easiest way to convert ``linear'' config files to @code{init_targets} version is to enclose every line of ``code''
1896 (i.e. not @code{source} commands, procedures, etc.) in this procedure.
1897
1898 For an example of this scheme see LPC2000 target config files.
1899
1900 The @code{init_boards} procedure is a similar concept concerning board config files (@xref{The init_board procedure}.)
1901
1902 @subsection ARM Core Specific Hacks
1903
1904 If the chip has a DCC, enable it. If the chip is an ARM9 with some
1905 special high speed download features - enable it.
1906
1907 If present, the MMU, the MPU and the CACHE should be disabled.
1908
1909 Some ARM cores are equipped with trace support, which permits
1910 examination of the instruction and data bus activity. Trace
1911 activity is controlled through an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM)
1912 on one of the core's scan chains. The ETM emits voluminous data
1913 through a ``trace port''. (@xref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.)
1914 If you are using an external trace port,
1915 configure it in your board config file.
1916 If you are using an on-chip ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB),
1917 configure it in your target config file.
1918
1919 @example
1920 etm config $_TARGETNAME 16 normal full etb
1921 etb config $_TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.etb
1922 @end example
1923
1924 @subsection Internal Flash Configuration
1925
1926 This applies @b{ONLY TO MICROCONTROLLERS} that have flash built in.
1927
1928 @b{Never ever} in the ``target configuration file'' define any type of
1929 flash that is external to the chip. (For example a BOOT flash on
1930 Chip Select 0.) Such flash information goes in a board file - not
1931 the TARGET (chip) file.
1932
1933 Examples:
1934 @itemize @bullet
1935 @item at91sam7x256 - has 256K flash YES enable it.
1936 @item str912 - has flash internal YES enable it.
1937 @item imx27 - uses boot flash on CS0 - it goes in the board file.
1938 @item pxa270 - again - CS0 flash - it goes in the board file.
1939 @end itemize
1940
1941 @anchor{Translating Configuration Files}
1942 @section Translating Configuration Files
1943 @cindex translation
1944 If you have a configuration file for another hardware debugger
1945 or toolset (Abatron, BDI2000, BDI3000, CCS,
1946 Lauterbach, Segger, Macraigor, etc.), translating
1947 it into OpenOCD syntax is often quite straightforward. The most tricky
1948 part of creating a configuration script is oftentimes the reset init
1949 sequence where e.g. PLLs, DRAM and the like is set up.
1950
1951 One trick that you can use when translating is to write small
1952 Tcl procedures to translate the syntax into OpenOCD syntax. This
1953 can avoid manual translation errors and make it easier to
1954 convert other scripts later on.
1955
1956 Example of transforming quirky arguments to a simple search and
1957 replace job:
1958
1959 @example
1960 # Lauterbach syntax(?)
1961 #
1962 # Data.Set c15:0x042f %long 0x40000015
1963 #
1964 # OpenOCD syntax when using procedure below.
1965 #
1966 # setc15 0x01 0x00050078
1967
1968 proc setc15 @{regs value@} @{
1969 global TARGETNAME
1970
1971 echo [format "set p15 0x%04x, 0x%08x" $regs $value]
1972
1973 arm mcr 15 [expr ($regs>>12)&0x7] \
1974 [expr ($regs>>0)&0xf] [expr ($regs>>4)&0xf] \
1975 [expr ($regs>>8)&0x7] $value
1976 @}
1977 @end example
1978
1979
1980
1981 @node Daemon Configuration
1982 @chapter Daemon Configuration
1983 @cindex initialization
1984 The commands here are commonly found in the openocd.cfg file and are
1985 used to specify what TCP/IP ports are used, and how GDB should be
1986 supported.
1987
1988 @anchor{Configuration Stage}
1989 @section Configuration Stage
1990 @cindex configuration stage
1991 @cindex config command
1992
1993 When the OpenOCD server process starts up, it enters a
1994 @emph{configuration stage} which is the only time that
1995 certain commands, @emph{configuration commands}, may be issued.
1996 Normally, configuration commands are only available
1997 inside startup scripts.
1998
1999 In this manual, the definition of a configuration command is
2000 presented as a @emph{Config Command}, not as a @emph{Command}
2001 which may be issued interactively.
2002 The runtime @command{help} command also highlights configuration
2003 commands, and those which may be issued at any time.
2004
2005 Those configuration commands include declaration of TAPs,
2006 flash banks,
2007 the interface used for JTAG communication,
2008 and other basic setup.
2009 The server must leave the configuration stage before it
2010 may access or activate TAPs.
2011 After it leaves this stage, configuration commands may no
2012 longer be issued.
2013
2014 @anchor{Entering the Run Stage}
2015 @section Entering the Run Stage
2016
2017 The first thing OpenOCD does after leaving the configuration
2018 stage is to verify that it can talk to the scan chain
2019 (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
2020 It will warn if it doesn't find TAPs it expects to find,
2021 or finds TAPs that aren't supposed to be there.
2022 You should see no errors at this point.
2023 If you see errors, resolve them by correcting the
2024 commands you used to configure the server.
2025 Common errors include using an initial JTAG speed that's too
2026 fast, and not providing the right IDCODE values for the TAPs
2027 on the scan chain.
2028
2029 Once OpenOCD has entered the run stage, a number of commands
2030 become available.
2031 A number of these relate to the debug targets you may have declared.
2032 For example, the @command{mww} command will not be available until
2033 a target has been successfuly instantiated.
2034 If you want to use those commands, you may need to force
2035 entry to the run stage.
2036
2037 @deffn {Config Command} init
2038 This command terminates the configuration stage and
2039 enters the run stage. This helps when you need to have
2040 the startup scripts manage tasks such as resetting the target,
2041 programming flash, etc. To reset the CPU upon startup, add "init" and
2042 "reset" at the end of the config script or at the end of the OpenOCD
2043 command line using the @option{-c} command line switch.
2044
2045 If this command does not appear in any startup/configuration file
2046 OpenOCD executes the command for you after processing all
2047 configuration files and/or command line options.
2048
2049 @b{NOTE:} This command normally occurs at or near the end of your
2050 openocd.cfg file to force OpenOCD to ``initialize'' and make the
2051 targets ready. For example: If your openocd.cfg file needs to
2052 read/write memory on your target, @command{init} must occur before
2053 the memory read/write commands. This includes @command{nand probe}.
2054 @end deffn
2055
2056 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} jtag_init
2057 This is invoked at server startup to verify that it can talk
2058 to the scan chain (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
2059
2060 The default implementation first tries @command{jtag arp_init},
2061 which uses only a lightweight JTAG reset before examining the
2062 scan chain.
2063 If that fails, it tries again, using a harder reset
2064 from the overridable procedure @command{init_reset}.
2065
2066 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
2067 they return.
2068 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
2069 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
2070 @end deffn
2071
2072 @anchor{TCP/IP Ports}
2073 @section TCP/IP Ports
2074 @cindex TCP port
2075 @cindex server
2076 @cindex port
2077 @cindex security
2078 The OpenOCD server accepts remote commands in several syntaxes.
2079 Each syntax uses a different TCP/IP port, which you may specify
2080 only during configuration (before those ports are opened).
2081
2082 For reasons including security, you may wish to prevent remote
2083 access using one or more of these ports.
2084 In such cases, just specify the relevant port number as zero.
2085 If you disable all access through TCP/IP, you will need to
2086 use the command line @option{-pipe} option.
2087
2088 @deffn {Command} gdb_port [number]
2089 @cindex GDB server
2090 Normally gdb listens to a TCP/IP port, but GDB can also
2091 communicate via pipes(stdin/out or named pipes). The name
2092 "gdb_port" stuck because it covers probably more than 90% of
2093 the normal use cases.
2094
2095 No arguments reports GDB port. "pipe" means listen to stdin
2096 output to stdout, an integer is base port number, "disable"
2097 disables the gdb server.
2098
2099 When using "pipe", also use log_output to redirect the log
2100 output to a file so as not to flood the stdin/out pipes.
2101
2102 The -p/--pipe option is deprecated and a warning is printed
2103 as it is equivalent to passing in -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log".
2104
2105 Any other string is interpreted as named pipe to listen to.
2106 Output pipe is the same name as input pipe, but with 'o' appended,
2107 e.g. /var/gdb, /var/gdbo.
2108
2109 The GDB port for the first target will be the base port, the
2110 second target will listen on gdb_port + 1, and so on.
2111 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2112 the port @var{number} defaults to 3333.
2113 @end deffn
2114
2115 @deffn {Command} tcl_port [number]
2116 Specify or query the port used for a simplified RPC
2117 connection that can be used by clients to issue TCL commands and get the
2118 output from the Tcl engine.
2119 Intended as a machine interface.
2120 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2121 the port @var{number} defaults to 6666.
2122
2123 @end deffn
2124
2125 @deffn {Command} telnet_port [number]
2126 Specify or query the
2127 port on which to listen for incoming telnet connections.
2128 This port is intended for interaction with one human through TCL commands.
2129 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2130 the port @var{number} defaults to 4444.
2131 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
2132 @end deffn
2133
2134 @anchor{GDB Configuration}
2135 @section GDB Configuration
2136 @cindex GDB
2137 @cindex GDB configuration
2138 You can reconfigure some GDB behaviors if needed.
2139 The ones listed here are static and global.
2140 @xref{Target Configuration}, about configuring individual targets.
2141 @xref{Target Events}, about configuring target-specific event handling.
2142
2143 @anchor{gdb_breakpoint_override}
2144 @deffn {Command} gdb_breakpoint_override [@option{hard}|@option{soft}|@option{disable}]
2145 Force breakpoint type for gdb @command{break} commands.
2146 This option supports GDB GUIs which don't
2147 distinguish hard versus soft breakpoints, if the default OpenOCD and
2148 GDB behaviour is not sufficient. GDB normally uses hardware
2149 breakpoints if the memory map has been set up for flash regions.
2150 @end deffn
2151
2152 @anchor{gdb_flash_program}
2153 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_flash_program (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2154 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to program the flash memory when a
2155 vFlash packet is received.
2156 The default behaviour is @option{enable}.
2157 @end deffn
2158
2159 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_memory_map (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2160 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the memory configuration to GDB when
2161 requested. GDB will then know when to set hardware breakpoints, and program flash
2162 using the GDB load command. @command{gdb_flash_program enable} must also be enabled
2163 for flash programming to work.
2164 Default behaviour is @option{enable}.
2165 @xref{gdb_flash_program}.
2166 @end deffn
2167
2168 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_report_data_abort (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2169 Specifies whether data aborts cause an error to be reported
2170 by GDB memory read packets.
2171 The default behaviour is @option{disable};
2172 use @option{enable} see these errors reported.
2173 @end deffn
2174
2175 @anchor{Event Polling}
2176 @section Event Polling
2177
2178 Hardware debuggers are parts of asynchronous systems,
2179 where significant events can happen at any time.
2180 The OpenOCD server needs to detect some of these events,
2181 so it can report them to through TCL command line
2182 or to GDB.
2183
2184 Examples of such events include:
2185
2186 @itemize
2187 @item One of the targets can stop running ... maybe it triggers
2188 a code breakpoint or data watchpoint, or halts itself.
2189 @item Messages may be sent over ``debug message'' channels ... many
2190 targets support such messages sent over JTAG,
2191 for receipt by the person debugging or tools.
2192 @item Loss of power ... some adapters can detect these events.
2193 @item Resets not issued through JTAG ... such reset sources
2194 can include button presses or other system hardware, sometimes
2195 including the target itself (perhaps through a watchdog).
2196 @item Debug instrumentation sometimes supports event triggering
2197 such as ``trace buffer full'' (so it can quickly be emptied)
2198 or other signals (to correlate with code behavior).
2199 @end itemize
2200
2201 None of those events are signaled through standard JTAG signals.
2202 However, most conventions for JTAG connectors include voltage
2203 level and system reset (SRST) signal detection.
2204 Some connectors also include instrumentation signals, which
2205 can imply events when those signals are inputs.
2206
2207 In general, OpenOCD needs to periodically check for those events,
2208 either by looking at the status of signals on the JTAG connector
2209 or by sending synchronous ``tell me your status'' JTAG requests
2210 to the various active targets.
2211 There is a command to manage and monitor that polling,
2212 which is normally done in the background.
2213
2214 @deffn Command poll [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2215 Poll the current target for its current state.
2216 (Also, @pxref{target curstate}.)
2217 If that target is in debug mode, architecture
2218 specific information about the current state is printed.
2219 An optional parameter
2220 allows background polling to be enabled and disabled.
2221
2222 You could use this from the TCL command shell, or
2223 from GDB using @command{monitor poll} command.
2224 Leave background polling enabled while you're using GDB.
2225 @example
2226 > poll
2227 background polling: on
2228 target state: halted
2229 target halted in ARM state due to debug-request, \
2230 current mode: Supervisor
2231 cpsr: 0x800000d3 pc: 0x11081bfc
2232 MMU: disabled, D-Cache: disabled, I-Cache: enabled
2233 >
2234 @end example
2235 @end deffn
2236
2237 @node Debug Adapter Configuration
2238 @chapter Debug Adapter Configuration
2239 @cindex config file, interface
2240 @cindex interface config file
2241
2242 Correctly installing OpenOCD includes making your operating system give
2243 OpenOCD access to debug adapters. Once that has been done, Tcl commands
2244 are used to select which one is used, and to configure how it is used.
2245
2246 @quotation Note
2247 Because OpenOCD started out with a focus purely on JTAG, you may find
2248 places where it wrongly presumes JTAG is the only transport protocol
2249 in use. Be aware that recent versions of OpenOCD are removing that
2250 limitation. JTAG remains more functional than most other transports.
2251 Other transports do not support boundary scan operations, or may be
2252 specific to a given chip vendor. Some might be usable only for
2253 programming flash memory, instead of also for debugging.
2254 @end quotation
2255
2256 Debug Adapters/Interfaces/Dongles are normally configured
2257 through commands in an interface configuration
2258 file which is sourced by your @file{openocd.cfg} file, or
2259 through a command line @option{-f interface/....cfg} option.
2260
2261 @example
2262 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
2263 @end example
2264
2265 These commands tell
2266 OpenOCD what type of JTAG adapter you have, and how to talk to it.
2267 A few cases are so simple that you only need to say what driver to use:
2268
2269 @example
2270 # jlink interface
2271 interface jlink
2272 @end example
2273
2274 Most adapters need a bit more configuration than that.
2275
2276
2277 @section Interface Configuration
2278
2279 The interface command tells OpenOCD what type of debug adapter you are
2280 using. Depending on the type of adapter, you may need to use one or
2281 more additional commands to further identify or configure the adapter.
2282
2283 @deffn {Config Command} {interface} name
2284 Use the interface driver @var{name} to connect to the
2285 target.
2286 @end deffn
2287
2288 @deffn Command {interface_list}
2289 List the debug adapter drivers that have been built into
2290 the running copy of OpenOCD.
2291 @end deffn
2292 @deffn Command {interface transports} transport_name+
2293 Specifies the transports supported by this debug adapter.
2294 The adapter driver builds-in similar knowledge; use this only
2295 when external configuration (such as jumpering) changes what
2296 the hardware can support.
2297 @end deffn
2298
2299
2300
2301 @deffn Command {adapter_name}
2302 Returns the name of the debug adapter driver being used.
2303 @end deffn
2304
2305 @section Interface Drivers
2306
2307 Each of the interface drivers listed here must be explicitly
2308 enabled when OpenOCD is configured, in order to be made
2309 available at run time.
2310
2311 @deffn {Interface Driver} {amt_jtagaccel}
2312 Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
2313 connected to a PC's EPP mode parallel port.
2314 This defines some driver-specific commands:
2315
2316 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
2317 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
2318 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2319 @end deffn
2320
2321 @deffn {Config Command} rtck [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
2322 Displays status of RTCK option.
2323 Optionally sets that option first.
2324 @end deffn
2325 @end deffn
2326
2327 @deffn {Interface Driver} {arm-jtag-ew}
2328 Olimex ARM-JTAG-EW USB adapter
2329 This has one driver-specific command:
2330
2331 @deffn Command {armjtagew_info}
2332 Logs some status
2333 @end deffn
2334 @end deffn
2335
2336 @deffn {Interface Driver} {at91rm9200}
2337 Supports bitbanged JTAG from the local system,
2338 presuming that system is an Atmel AT91rm9200
2339 and a specific set of GPIOs is used.
2340 @c command: at91rm9200_device NAME
2341 @c chooses among list of bit configs ... only one option
2342 @end deffn
2343
2344 @deffn {Interface Driver} {dummy}
2345 A dummy software-only driver for debugging.
2346 @end deffn
2347
2348 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ep93xx}
2349 Cirrus Logic EP93xx based single-board computer bit-banging (in development)
2350 @end deffn
2351
2352 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ft2232}
2353 FTDI FT2232 (USB) based devices over one of the userspace libraries.
2354 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2355 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2356
2357 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_device_desc} description
2358 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2359 of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not
2360 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2361 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2362 @end deffn
2363
2364 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_serial} serial-number
2365 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the FTDI FT2232 device to use,
2366 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one FT2232 device
2367 is connected to the host.
2368 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2369 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2370 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2371 @end deffn
2372
2373 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_layout} name
2374 Each vendor's FT2232 device can use different GPIO signals
2375 to control output-enables, reset signals, and LEDs.
2376 Currently valid layout @var{name} values include:
2377 @itemize @minus
2378 @item @b{axm0432_jtag} Axiom AXM-0432
2379 @item @b{comstick} Hitex STR9 comstick
2380 @item @b{cortino} Hitex Cortino JTAG interface
2381 @item @b{evb_lm3s811} Luminary Micro EVB_LM3S811 as a JTAG interface,
2382 either for the local Cortex-M3 (SRST only)
2383 or in a passthrough mode (neither SRST nor TRST)
2384 This layout can not support the SWO trace mechanism, and should be
2385 used only for older boards (before rev C).
2386 @item @b{luminary_icdi} This layout should be used with most Luminary
2387 eval boards, including Rev C LM3S811 eval boards and the eponymous
2388 ICDI boards, to debug either the local Cortex-M3 or in passthrough mode
2389 to debug some other target. It can support the SWO trace mechanism.
2390 @item @b{flyswatter} Tin Can Tools Flyswatter
2391 @item @b{icebear} ICEbear JTAG adapter from Section 5
2392 @item @b{jtagkey} Amontec JTAGkey and JTAGkey-Tiny (and compatibles)
2393 @item @b{jtagkey2} Amontec JTAGkey2 (and compatibles)
2394 @item @b{m5960} American Microsystems M5960
2395 @item @b{olimex-jtag} Olimex ARM-USB-OCD and ARM-USB-Tiny
2396 @item @b{oocdlink} OOCDLink
2397 @c oocdlink ~= jtagkey_prototype_v1
2398 @item @b{redbee-econotag} Integrated with a Redbee development board.
2399 @item @b{redbee-usb} Integrated with a Redbee USB-stick development board.
2400 @item @b{sheevaplug} Marvell Sheevaplug development kit
2401 @item @b{signalyzer} Xverve Signalyzer
2402 @item @b{stm32stick} Hitex STM32 Performance Stick
2403 @item @b{turtelizer2} egnite Software turtelizer2
2404 @item @b{usbjtag} "USBJTAG-1" layout described in the OpenOCD diploma thesis
2405 @end itemize
2406 @end deffn
2407
2408 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2409 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not specified, the FTDI
2410 default values are used.
2411 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2412 @example
2413 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2414 @end example
2415 @end deffn
2416
2417 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_latency} ms
2418 On some systems using FT2232 based JTAG interfaces the FT_Read function call in
2419 ft2232_read() fails to return the expected number of bytes. This can be caused by
2420 USB communication delays and has proved hard to reproduce and debug. Setting the
2421 FT2232 latency timer to a larger value increases delays for short USB packets but it
2422 also reduces the risk of timeouts before receiving the expected number of bytes.
2423 The OpenOCD default value is 2 and for some systems a value of 10 has proved useful.
2424 @end deffn
2425
2426 For example, the interface config file for a
2427 Turtelizer JTAG Adapter looks something like this:
2428
2429 @example
2430 interface ft2232
2431 ft2232_device_desc "Turtelizer JTAG/RS232 Adapter"
2432 ft2232_layout turtelizer2
2433 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xbdc8
2434 @end example
2435 @end deffn
2436
2437 @deffn {Interface Driver} {remote_bitbang}
2438 Drive JTAG from a remote process. This sets up a UNIX or TCP socket connection
2439 with a remote process and sends ASCII encoded bitbang requests to that process
2440 instead of directly driving JTAG.
2441
2442 The remote_bitbang driver is useful for debugging software running on
2443 processors which are being simulated.
2444
2445 @deffn {Config Command} {remote_bitbang_port} number
2446 Specifies the TCP port of the remote process to connect to or 0 to use UNIX
2447 sockets instead of TCP.
2448 @end deffn
2449
2450 @deffn {Config Command} {remote_bitbang_host} hostname
2451 Specifies the hostname of the remote process to connect to using TCP, or the
2452 name of the UNIX socket to use if remote_bitbang_port is 0.
2453 @end deffn
2454
2455 For example, to connect remotely via TCP to the host foobar you might have
2456 something like:
2457
2458 @example
2459 interface remote_bitbang
2460 remote_bitbang_port 3335
2461 remote_bitbang_host foobar
2462 @end example
2463
2464 To connect to another process running locally via UNIX sockets with socket
2465 named mysocket:
2466
2467 @example
2468 interface remote_bitbang
2469 remote_bitbang_port 0
2470 remote_bitbang_host mysocket
2471 @end example
2472 @end deffn
2473
2474 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usb_blaster}
2475 USB JTAG/USB-Blaster compatibles over one of the userspace libraries
2476 for FTDI chips. These interfaces have several commands, used to
2477 configure the driver before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2478
2479 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_device_desc} description
2480 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2481 of the FTDI FT245 device. If not
2482 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2483 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2484 @end deffn
2485
2486 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_vid_pid} vid pid
2487 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT245 device. If not specified,
2488 default values are used.
2489 Currently, only one @var{vid}, @var{pid} pair may be given, e.g. for
2490 Altera USB-Blaster (default):
2491 @example
2492 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x09FB 0x6001
2493 @end example
2494 The following VID/PID is for Kolja Waschk's USB JTAG:
2495 @example
2496 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x16C0 0x06AD
2497 @end example
2498 @end deffn
2499
2500 @deffn {Command} {usb_blaster} (@option{pin6}|@option{pin8}) (@option{0}|@option{1})
2501 Sets the state of the unused GPIO pins on USB-Blasters (pins 6 and 8 on the
2502 female JTAG header). These pins can be used as SRST and/or TRST provided the
2503 appropriate connections are made on the target board.
2504
2505 For example, to use pin 6 as SRST (as with an AVR board):
2506 @example
2507 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-assert \
2508 "usb_blaster pin6 1; wait 1; usb_blaster pin6 0"
2509 @end example
2510 @end deffn
2511
2512 @end deffn
2513
2514 @deffn {Interface Driver} {gw16012}
2515 Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
2516 This has one driver-specific command:
2517
2518 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2519 Display either the address of the I/O port
2520 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2521 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2522 This is a write-once setting.
2523 @end deffn
2524 @end deffn
2525
2526 @deffn {Interface Driver} {jlink}
2527 Segger jlink USB adapter
2528 @c command: jlink caps
2529 @c dumps jlink capabilities
2530 @c command: jlink config
2531 @c access J-Link configurationif no argument this will dump the config
2532 @c command: jlink config kickstart [val]
2533 @c set Kickstart power on JTAG-pin 19.
2534 @c command: jlink config mac_address [ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff]
2535 @c set the MAC Address
2536 @c command: jlink config ip [A.B.C.D[/E] [F.G.H.I]]
2537 @c set the ip address of the J-Link Pro, "
2538 @c where A.B.C.D is the ip,
2539 @c E the bit of the subnet mask
2540 @c F.G.H.I the subnet mask
2541 @c command: jlink config reset
2542 @c reset the current config
2543 @c command: jlink config save
2544 @c save the current config
2545 @c command: jlink config usb_address [0x00 to 0x03 or 0xff]
2546 @c set the USB-Address,
2547 @c This will change the product id
2548 @c command: jlink info
2549 @c dumps status
2550 @c command: jlink hw_jtag (2|3)
2551 @c sets version 2 or 3
2552 @c command: jlink pid
2553 @c set the pid of the interface we want to use
2554 @end deffn
2555
2556 @deffn {Interface Driver} {parport}
2557 Supports PC parallel port bit-banging cables:
2558 Wigglers, PLD download cable, and more.
2559 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2560 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2561
2562 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_cable} name
2563 Set the layout of the parallel port cable used to connect to the target.
2564 This is a write-once setting.
2565 Currently valid cable @var{name} values include:
2566
2567 @itemize @minus
2568 @item @b{altium} Altium Universal JTAG cable.
2569 @item @b{arm-jtag} Same as original wiggler except SRST and
2570 TRST connections reversed and TRST is also inverted.
2571 @item @b{chameleon} The Amontec Chameleon's CPLD when operated
2572 in configuration mode. This is only used to
2573 program the Chameleon itself, not a connected target.
2574 @item @b{dlc5} The Xilinx Parallel cable III.
2575 @item @b{flashlink} The ST Parallel cable.
2576 @item @b{lattice} Lattice ispDOWNLOAD Cable
2577 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler} The Wiggler configuration that comes with
2578 some versions of
2579 Amontec's Chameleon Programmer. The new version available from
2580 the website uses the original Wiggler layout ('@var{wiggler}')
2581 @item @b{triton} The parallel port adapter found on the
2582 ``Karo Triton 1 Development Board''.
2583 This is also the layout used by the HollyGates design
2584 (see @uref{http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/jtag/}).
2585 @item @b{wiggler} The original Wiggler layout, also supported by
2586 several clones, such as the Olimex ARM-JTAG
2587 @item @b{wiggler2} Same as original wiggler except an led is fitted on D5.
2588 @item @b{wiggler_ntrst_inverted} Same as original wiggler except TRST is inverted.
2589 @end itemize
2590 @end deffn
2591
2592 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2593 Display either the address of the I/O port
2594 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2595 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2596 This is a write-once setting.
2597
2598 When using PPDEV to access the parallel port, use the number of the parallel port:
2599 @option{parport_port 0} (the default). If @option{parport_port 0x378} is specified
2600 you may encounter a problem.
2601 @end deffn
2602
2603 @deffn Command {parport_toggling_time} [nanoseconds]
2604 Displays how many nanoseconds the hardware needs to toggle TCK;
2605 the parport driver uses this value to obey the
2606 @command{adapter_khz} configuration.
2607 When the optional @var{nanoseconds} parameter is given,
2608 that setting is changed before displaying the current value.
2609
2610 The default setting should work reasonably well on commodity PC hardware.
2611 However, you may want to calibrate for your specific hardware.
2612 @quotation Tip
2613 To measure the toggling time with a logic analyzer or a digital storage
2614 oscilloscope, follow the procedure below:
2615 @example
2616 > parport_toggling_time 1000
2617 > adapter_khz 500
2618 @end example
2619 This sets the maximum JTAG clock speed of the hardware, but
2620 the actual speed probably deviates from the requested 500 kHz.
2621 Now, measure the time between the two closest spaced TCK transitions.
2622 You can use @command{runtest 1000} or something similar to generate a
2623 large set of samples.
2624 Update the setting to match your measurement:
2625 @example
2626 > parport_toggling_time <measured nanoseconds>
2627 @end example
2628 Now the clock speed will be a better match for @command{adapter_khz rate}
2629 commands given in OpenOCD scripts and event handlers.
2630
2631 You can do something similar with many digital multimeters, but note
2632 that you'll probably need to run the clock continuously for several
2633 seconds before it decides what clock rate to show. Adjust the
2634 toggling time up or down until the measured clock rate is a good
2635 match for the adapter_khz rate you specified; be conservative.
2636 @end quotation
2637 @end deffn
2638
2639 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_write_on_exit} (@option{on}|@option{off})
2640 This will configure the parallel driver to write a known
2641 cable-specific value to the parallel interface on exiting OpenOCD.
2642 @end deffn
2643
2644 For example, the interface configuration file for a
2645 classic ``Wiggler'' cable on LPT2 might look something like this:
2646
2647 @example
2648 interface parport
2649 parport_port 0x278
2650 parport_cable wiggler
2651 @end example
2652 @end deffn
2653
2654 @deffn {Interface Driver} {presto}
2655 ASIX PRESTO USB JTAG programmer.
2656 @deffn {Config Command} {presto_serial} serial_string
2657 Configures the USB serial number of the Presto device to use.
2658 @end deffn
2659 @end deffn
2660
2661 @deffn {Interface Driver} {rlink}
2662 Raisonance RLink USB adapter
2663 @end deffn
2664
2665 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usbprog}
2666 usbprog is a freely programmable USB adapter.
2667 @end deffn
2668
2669 @deffn {Interface Driver} {vsllink}
2670 vsllink is part of Versaloon which is a versatile USB programmer.
2671
2672 @quotation Note
2673 This defines quite a few driver-specific commands,
2674 which are not currently documented here.
2675 @end quotation
2676 @end deffn
2677
2678 @deffn {Interface Driver} {stlink}
2679 ST Micro ST-LINK adapter.
2680
2681 @deffn {Config Command} {stlink_device_desc} description
2682 Currently Not Supported.
2683 @end deffn
2684
2685 @deffn {Config Command} {stlink_serial} serial
2686 Currently Not Supported.
2687 @end deffn
2688
2689 @deffn {Config Command} {stlink_layout} (@option{sg}|@option{usb})
2690 Specifies the stlink layout to use.
2691 @end deffn
2692
2693 @deffn {Config Command} {stlink_vid_pid} vid pid
2694 The vendor ID and product ID of the STLINK device.
2695 @end deffn
2696
2697 @deffn {Config Command} {stlink_api} api_level
2698 Manually sets the stlink api used, valid options are 1 or 2.
2699 @end deffn
2700 @end deffn
2701
2702 @deffn {Interface Driver} {opendous}
2703 opendous-jtag is a freely programmable USB adapter.
2704 @end deffn
2705
2706 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ZY1000}
2707 This is the Zylin ZY1000 JTAG debugger.
2708 @end deffn
2709
2710 @quotation Note
2711 This defines some driver-specific commands,
2712 which are not currently documented here.
2713 @end quotation
2714
2715 @deffn Command power [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2716 Turn power switch to target on/off.
2717 No arguments: print status.
2718 @end deffn
2719
2720 @section Transport Configuration
2721 @cindex Transport
2722 As noted earlier, depending on the version of OpenOCD you use,
2723 and the debug adapter you are using,
2724 several transports may be available to
2725 communicate with debug targets (or perhaps to program flash memory).
2726 @deffn Command {transport list}
2727 displays the names of the transports supported by this
2728 version of OpenOCD.
2729 @end deffn
2730
2731 @deffn Command {transport select} transport_name
2732 Select which of the supported transports to use in this OpenOCD session.
2733 The transport must be supported by the debug adapter hardware and by the
2734 version of OPenOCD you are using (including the adapter's driver).
2735 No arguments: returns name of session's selected transport.
2736 @end deffn
2737
2738 @subsection JTAG Transport
2739 @cindex JTAG
2740 JTAG is the original transport supported by OpenOCD, and most
2741 of the OpenOCD commands support it.
2742 JTAG transports expose a chain of one or more Test Access Points (TAPs),
2743 each of which must be explicitly declared.
2744 JTAG supports both debugging and boundary scan testing.
2745 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
2746 @subsection SWD Transport
2747 @cindex SWD
2748 @cindex Serial Wire Debug
2749 SWD (Serial Wire Debug) is an ARM-specific transport which exposes one
2750 Debug Access Point (DAP, which must be explicitly declared.
2751 (SWD uses fewer signal wires than JTAG.)
2752 SWD is debug-oriented, and does not support boundary scan testing.
2753 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
2754 (Some processors support both JTAG and SWD.)
2755 @deffn Command {swd newdap} ...
2756 Declares a single DAP which uses SWD transport.
2757 Parameters are currently the same as "jtag newtap" but this is
2758 expected to change.
2759 @end deffn
2760 @deffn Command {swd wcr trn prescale}
2761 Updates TRN (turnaraound delay) and prescaling.fields of the
2762 Wire Control Register (WCR).
2763 No parameters: displays current settings.
2764 @end deffn
2765
2766 @subsection SPI Transport
2767 @cindex SPI
2768 @cindex Serial Peripheral Interface
2769 The Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) is a general purpose transport
2770 which uses four wire signaling. Some processors use it as part of a
2771 solution for flash programming.
2772
2773 @anchor{JTAG Speed}
2774 @section JTAG Speed
2775 JTAG clock setup is part of system setup.
2776 It @emph{does not belong with interface setup} since any interface
2777 only knows a few of the constraints for the JTAG clock speed.
2778 Sometimes the JTAG speed is
2779 changed during the target initialization process: (1) slow at
2780 reset, (2) program the CPU clocks, (3) run fast.
2781 Both the "slow" and "fast" clock rates are functions of the
2782 oscillators used, the chip, the board design, and sometimes
2783 power management software that may be active.
2784
2785 The speed used during reset, and the scan chain verification which
2786 follows reset, can be adjusted using a @code{reset-start}
2787 target event handler.
2788 It can then be reconfigured to a faster speed by a
2789 @code{reset-init} target event handler after it reprograms those
2790 CPU clocks, or manually (if something else, such as a boot loader,
2791 sets up those clocks).
2792 @xref{Target Events}.
2793 When the initial low JTAG speed is a chip characteristic, perhaps
2794 because of a required oscillator speed, provide such a handler
2795 in the target config file.
2796 When that speed is a function of a board-specific characteristic
2797 such as which speed oscillator is used, it belongs in the board
2798 config file instead.
2799 In both cases it's safest to also set the initial JTAG clock rate
2800 to that same slow speed, so that OpenOCD never starts up using a
2801 clock speed that's faster than the scan chain can support.
2802
2803 @example
2804 jtag_rclk 3000
2805 $_TARGET.cpu configure -event reset-start @{ jtag_rclk 3000 @}
2806 @end example
2807
2808 If your system supports adaptive clocking (RTCK), configuring
2809 JTAG to use that is probably the most robust approach.
2810 However, it introduces delays to synchronize clocks; so it
2811 may not be the fastest solution.
2812
2813 @b{NOTE:} Script writers should consider using @command{jtag_rclk}
2814 instead of @command{adapter_khz}, but only for (ARM) cores and boards
2815 which support adaptive clocking.
2816
2817 @deffn {Command} adapter_khz max_speed_kHz
2818 A non-zero speed is in KHZ. Hence: 3000 is 3mhz.
2819 JTAG interfaces usually support a limited number of
2820 speeds. The speed actually used won't be faster
2821 than the speed specified.
2822
2823 Chip data sheets generally include a top JTAG clock rate.
2824 The actual rate is often a function of a CPU core clock,
2825 and is normally less than that peak rate.
2826 For example, most ARM cores accept at most one sixth of the CPU clock.
2827
2828 Speed 0 (khz) selects RTCK method.
2829 @xref{FAQ RTCK}.
2830 If your system uses RTCK, you won't need to change the
2831 JTAG clocking after setup.
2832 Not all interfaces, boards, or targets support ``rtck''.
2833 If the interface device can not
2834 support it, an error is returned when you try to use RTCK.
2835 @end deffn
2836
2837 @defun jtag_rclk fallback_speed_kHz
2838 @cindex adaptive clocking
2839 @cindex RTCK
2840 This Tcl proc (defined in @file{startup.tcl}) attempts to enable RTCK/RCLK.
2841 If that fails (maybe the interface, board, or target doesn't
2842 support it), falls back to the specified frequency.
2843 @example
2844 # Fall back to 3mhz if RTCK is not supported
2845 jtag_rclk 3000
2846 @end example
2847 @end defun
2848
2849 @node Reset Configuration
2850 @chapter Reset Configuration
2851 @cindex Reset Configuration
2852
2853 Every system configuration may require a different reset
2854 configuration. This can also be quite confusing.
2855 Resets also interact with @var{reset-init} event handlers,
2856 which do things like setting up clocks and DRAM, and
2857 JTAG clock rates. (@xref{JTAG Speed}.)
2858 They can also interact with JTAG routers.
2859 Please see the various board files for examples.
2860
2861 @quotation Note
2862 To maintainers and integrators:
2863 Reset configuration touches several things at once.
2864 Normally the board configuration file
2865 should define it and assume that the JTAG adapter supports
2866 everything that's wired up to the board's JTAG connector.
2867
2868 However, the target configuration file could also make note
2869 of something the silicon vendor has done inside the chip,
2870 which will be true for most (or all) boards using that chip.
2871 And when the JTAG adapter doesn't support everything, the
2872 user configuration file will need to override parts of
2873 the reset configuration provided by other files.
2874 @end quotation
2875
2876 @section Types of Reset
2877
2878 There are many kinds of reset possible through JTAG, but
2879 they may not all work with a given board and adapter.
2880 That's part of why reset configuration can be error prone.
2881
2882 @itemize @bullet
2883 @item
2884 @emph{System Reset} ... the @emph{SRST} hardware signal
2885 resets all chips connected to the JTAG adapter, such as processors,
2886 power management chips, and I/O controllers. Normally resets triggered
2887 with this signal behave exactly like pressing a RESET button.
2888 @item
2889 @emph{JTAG TAP Reset} ... the @emph{TRST} hardware signal resets
2890 just the TAP controllers connected to the JTAG adapter.
2891 Such resets should not be visible to the rest of the system; resetting a
2892 device's TAP controller just puts that controller into a known state.
2893 @item
2894 @emph{Emulation Reset} ... many devices can be reset through JTAG
2895 commands. These resets are often distinguishable from system
2896 resets, either explicitly (a "reset reason" register says so)
2897 or implicitly (not all parts of the chip get reset).
2898 @item
2899 @emph{Other Resets} ... system-on-chip devices often support
2900 several other types of reset.
2901 You may need to arrange that a watchdog timer stops
2902 while debugging, preventing a watchdog reset.
2903 There may be individual module resets.
2904 @end itemize
2905
2906 In the best case, OpenOCD can hold SRST, then reset
2907 the TAPs via TRST and send commands through JTAG to halt the
2908 CPU at the reset vector before the 1st instruction is executed.
2909 Then when it finally releases the SRST signal, the system is
2910 halted under debugger control before any code has executed.
2911 This is the behavior required to support the @command{reset halt}
2912 and @command{reset init} commands; after @command{reset init} a
2913 board-specific script might do things like setting up DRAM.
2914 (@xref{Reset Command}.)
2915
2916 @anchor{SRST and TRST Issues}
2917 @section SRST and TRST Issues
2918
2919 Because SRST and TRST are hardware signals, they can have a
2920 variety of system-specific constraints. Some of the most
2921 common issues are:
2922
2923 @itemize @bullet
2924
2925 @item @emph{Signal not available} ... Some boards don't wire
2926 SRST or TRST to the JTAG connector. Some JTAG adapters don't
2927 support such signals even if they are wired up.
2928 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{signals} options to say
2929 when either of those signals is not connected.
2930 When SRST is not available, your code might not be able to rely
2931 on controllers having been fully reset during code startup.
2932 Missing TRST is not a problem, since JTAG-level resets can
2933 be triggered using with TMS signaling.
2934
2935 @item @emph{Signals shorted} ... Sometimes a chip, board, or
2936 adapter will connect SRST to TRST, instead of keeping them separate.
2937 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{combination} options to say
2938 when those signals aren't properly independent.
2939
2940 @item @emph{Timing} ... Reset circuitry like a resistor/capacitor
2941 delay circuit, reset supervisor, or on-chip features can extend
2942 the effect of a JTAG adapter's reset for some time after the adapter
2943 stops issuing the reset. For example, there may be chip or board
2944 requirements that all reset pulses last for at least a
2945 certain amount of time; and reset buttons commonly have
2946 hardware debouncing.
2947 Use the @command{adapter_nsrst_delay} and @command{jtag_ntrst_delay}
2948 commands to say when extra delays are needed.
2949
2950 @item @emph{Drive type} ... Reset lines often have a pullup
2951 resistor, letting the JTAG interface treat them as open-drain
2952 signals. But that's not a requirement, so the adapter may need
2953 to use push/pull output drivers.
2954 Also, with weak pullups it may be advisable to drive
2955 signals to both levels (push/pull) to minimize rise times.
2956 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{trst_type} and
2957 @var{srst_type} parameters to say how to drive reset signals.
2958
2959 @item @emph{Special initialization} ... Targets sometimes need
2960 special JTAG initialization sequences to handle chip-specific
2961 issues (not limited to errata).
2962 For example, certain JTAG commands might need to be issued while
2963 the system as a whole is in a reset state (SRST active)
2964 but the JTAG scan chain is usable (TRST inactive).
2965 Many systems treat combined assertion of SRST and TRST as a
2966 trigger for a harder reset than SRST alone.
2967 Such custom reset handling is discussed later in this chapter.
2968 @end itemize
2969
2970 There can also be other issues.
2971 Some devices don't fully conform to the JTAG specifications.
2972 Trivial system-specific differences are common, such as
2973 SRST and TRST using slightly different names.
2974 There are also vendors who distribute key JTAG documentation for
2975 their chips only to developers who have signed a Non-Disclosure
2976 Agreement (NDA).
2977
2978 Sometimes there are chip-specific extensions like a requirement to use
2979 the normally-optional TRST signal (precluding use of JTAG adapters which
2980 don't pass TRST through), or needing extra steps to complete a TAP reset.
2981
2982 In short, SRST and especially TRST handling may be very finicky,
2983 needing to cope with both architecture and board specific constraints.
2984
2985 @section Commands for Handling Resets
2986
2987 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_assert_width milliseconds
2988 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2989 after asserting nSRST (active-low system reset) before
2990 allowing it to be deasserted.
2991 @end deffn
2992
2993 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_delay milliseconds
2994 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2995 nSRST (active-low system reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2996 When a board has a reset button connected to SRST line it will
2997 probably have hardware debouncing, implying you should use this.
2998 @end deffn
2999
3000 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_assert_width milliseconds
3001 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
3002 after asserting nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before
3003 allowing it to be deasserted.
3004 @end deffn
3005
3006 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_delay milliseconds
3007 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
3008 nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
3009 @end deffn
3010
3011 @deffn {Command} reset_config mode_flag ...
3012 This command displays or modifies the reset configuration
3013 of your combination of JTAG board and target in target
3014 configuration scripts.
3015
3016 Information earlier in this section describes the kind of problems
3017 the command is intended to address (@pxref{SRST and TRST Issues}).
3018 As a rule this command belongs only in board config files,
3019 describing issues like @emph{board doesn't connect TRST};
3020 or in user config files, addressing limitations derived
3021 from a particular combination of interface and board.
3022 (An unlikely example would be using a TRST-only adapter
3023 with a board that only wires up SRST.)
3024
3025 The @var{mode_flag} options can be specified in any order, but only one
3026 of each type -- @var{signals}, @var{combination},
3027 @var{gates},
3028 @var{trst_type},
3029 and @var{srst_type} -- may be specified at a time.
3030 If you don't provide a new value for a given type, its previous
3031 value (perhaps the default) is unchanged.
3032 For example, this means that you don't need to say anything at all about
3033 TRST just to declare that if the JTAG adapter should want to drive SRST,
3034 it must explicitly be driven high (@option{srst_push_pull}).
3035
3036 @itemize
3037 @item
3038 @var{signals} can specify which of the reset signals are connected.
3039 For example, If the JTAG interface provides SRST, but the board doesn't
3040 connect that signal properly, then OpenOCD can't use it.
3041 Possible values are @option{none} (the default), @option{trst_only},
3042 @option{srst_only} and @option{trst_and_srst}.
3043
3044 @quotation Tip
3045 If your board provides SRST and/or TRST through the JTAG connector,
3046 you must declare that so those signals can be used.
3047 @end quotation
3048
3049 @item
3050 The @var{combination} is an optional value specifying broken reset
3051 signal implementations.
3052 The default behaviour if no option given is @option{separate},
3053 indicating everything behaves normally.
3054 @option{srst_pulls_trst} states that the
3055 test logic is reset together with the reset of the system (e.g. NXP
3056 LPC2000, "broken" board layout), @option{trst_pulls_srst} says that
3057 the system is reset together with the test logic (only hypothetical, I
3058 haven't seen hardware with such a bug, and can be worked around).
3059 @option{combined} implies both @option{srst_pulls_trst} and
3060 @option{trst_pulls_srst}.
3061
3062 @item
3063 The @var{gates} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
3064 JTAG may be unvailable during reset.
3065 @option{srst_gates_jtag} (default)
3066 indicates that asserting SRST gates the
3067 JTAG clock. This means that no communication can happen on JTAG
3068 while SRST is asserted.
3069 Its converse is @option{srst_nogate}, indicating that JTAG commands
3070 can safely be issued while SRST is active.
3071 @end itemize
3072
3073 The optional @var{trst_type} and @var{srst_type} parameters allow the
3074 driver mode of each reset line to be specified. These values only affect
3075 JTAG interfaces with support for different driver modes, like the Amontec
3076 JTAGkey and JTAG Accelerator. Also, they are necessarily ignored if the
3077 relevant signal (TRST or SRST) is not connected.
3078
3079 @itemize
3080 @item
3081 Possible @var{trst_type} driver modes for the test reset signal (TRST)
3082 are the default @option{trst_push_pull}, and @option{trst_open_drain}.
3083 Most boards connect this signal to a pulldown, so the JTAG TAPs
3084 never leave reset unless they are hooked up to a JTAG adapter.
3085
3086 @item
3087 Possible @var{srst_type} driver modes for the system reset signal (SRST)
3088 are the default @option{srst_open_drain}, and @option{srst_push_pull}.
3089 Most boards connect this signal to a pullup, and allow the
3090 signal to be pulled low by various events including system
3091 powerup and pressing a reset button.
3092 @end itemize
3093 @end deffn
3094
3095 @section Custom Reset Handling
3096 @cindex events
3097
3098 OpenOCD has several ways to help support the various reset
3099 mechanisms provided by chip and board vendors.
3100 The commands shown in the previous section give standard parameters.
3101 There are also @emph{event handlers} associated with TAPs or Targets.
3102 Those handlers are Tcl procedures you can provide, which are invoked
3103 at particular points in the reset sequence.
3104
3105 @emph{When SRST is not an option} you must set
3106 up a @code{reset-assert} event handler for your target.
3107 For example, some JTAG adapters don't include the SRST signal;
3108 and some boards have multiple targets, and you won't always
3109 want to reset everything at once.
3110
3111 After configuring those mechanisms, you might still
3112 find your board doesn't start up or reset correctly.
3113 For example, maybe it needs a slightly different sequence
3114 of SRST and/or TRST manipulations, because of quirks that
3115 the @command{reset_config} mechanism doesn't address;
3116 or asserting both might trigger a stronger reset, which
3117 needs special attention.
3118
3119 Experiment with lower level operations, such as @command{jtag_reset}
3120 and the @command{jtag arp_*} operations shown here,
3121 to find a sequence of operations that works.
3122 @xref{JTAG Commands}.
3123 When you find a working sequence, it can be used to override
3124 @command{jtag_init}, which fires during OpenOCD startup
3125 (@pxref{Configuration Stage});
3126 or @command{init_reset}, which fires during reset processing.
3127
3128 You might also want to provide some project-specific reset
3129 schemes. For example, on a multi-target board the standard
3130 @command{reset} command would reset all targets, but you
3131 may need the ability to reset only one target at time and
3132 thus want to avoid using the board-wide SRST signal.
3133
3134 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} init_reset mode
3135 This is invoked near the beginning of the @command{reset} command,
3136 usually to provide as much of a cold (power-up) reset as practical.
3137 By default it is also invoked from @command{jtag_init} if
3138 the scan chain does not respond to pure JTAG operations.
3139 The @var{mode} parameter is the parameter given to the
3140 low level reset command (@option{halt},
3141 @option{init}, or @option{run}), @option{setup},
3142 or potentially some other value.
3143
3144 The default implementation just invokes @command{jtag arp_init-reset}.
3145 Replacements will normally build on low level JTAG
3146 operations such as @command{jtag_reset}.
3147 Operations here must not address individual TAPs
3148 (or their associated targets)
3149 until the JTAG scan chain has first been verified to work.
3150
3151 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
3152 they return.
3153 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
3154 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
3155 @end deffn
3156
3157 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init}
3158 This validates the scan chain using just the four
3159 standard JTAG signals (TMS, TCK, TDI, TDO).
3160 It starts by issuing a JTAG-only reset.
3161 Then it performs checks to verify that the scan chain configuration
3162 matches the TAPs it can observe.
3163 Those checks include checking IDCODE values for each active TAP,
3164 and verifying the length of their instruction registers using
3165 TAP @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} values.
3166 If these tests all pass, TAP @code{setup} events are
3167 issued to all TAPs with handlers for that event.
3168 @end deffn
3169
3170 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init-reset}
3171 This uses TRST and SRST to try resetting
3172 everything on the JTAG scan chain
3173 (and anything else connected to SRST).
3174 It then invokes the logic of @command{jtag arp_init}.
3175 @end deffn
3176
3177
3178 @node TAP Declaration
3179 @chapter TAP Declaration
3180 @cindex TAP declaration
3181 @cindex TAP configuration
3182
3183 @emph{Test Access Ports} (TAPs) are the core of JTAG.
3184 TAPs serve many roles, including:
3185
3186 @itemize @bullet
3187 @item @b{Debug Target} A CPU TAP can be used as a GDB debug target
3188 @item @b{Flash Programing} Some chips program the flash directly via JTAG.
3189 Others do it indirectly, making a CPU do it.
3190 @item @b{Program Download} Using the same CPU support GDB uses,
3191 you can initialize a DRAM controller, download code to DRAM, and then
3192 start running that code.
3193 @item @b{Boundary Scan} Most chips support boundary scan, which
3194 helps test for board assembly problems like solder bridges
3195 and missing connections
3196 @end itemize
3197
3198 OpenOCD must know about the active TAPs on your board(s).
3199 Setting up the TAPs is the core task of your configuration files.
3200 Once those TAPs are set up, you can pass their names to code
3201 which sets up CPUs and exports them as GDB targets,
3202 probes flash memory, performs low-level JTAG operations, and more.
3203
3204 @section Scan Chains
3205 @cindex scan chain
3206
3207 TAPs are part of a hardware @dfn{scan chain},
3208 which is daisy chain of TAPs.
3209 They also need to be added to
3210 OpenOCD's software mirror of that hardware list,
3211 giving each member a name and associating other data with it.
3212 Simple scan chains, with a single TAP, are common in
3213 systems with a single microcontroller or microprocessor.
3214 More complex chips may have several TAPs internally.
3215 Very complex scan chains might have a dozen or more TAPs:
3216 several in one chip, more in the next, and connecting
3217 to other boards with their own chips and TAPs.
3218
3219 You can display the list with the @command{scan_chain} command.
3220 (Don't confuse this with the list displayed by the @command{targets}
3221 command, presented in the next chapter.
3222 That only displays TAPs for CPUs which are configured as
3223 debugging targets.)
3224 Here's what the scan chain might look like for a chip more than one TAP:
3225
3226 @verbatim
3227 TapName Enabled IdCode Expected IrLen IrCap IrMask
3228 -- ------------------ ------- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ------
3229 0 omap5912.dsp Y 0x03df1d81 0x03df1d81 38 0x01 0x03
3230 1 omap5912.arm Y 0x0692602f 0x0692602f 4 0x01 0x0f
3231 2 omap5912.unknown Y 0x00000000 0x00000000 8 0x01 0x03
3232 @end verbatim
3233
3234 OpenOCD can detect some of that information, but not all
3235 of it. @xref{Autoprobing}.
3236 Unfortunately those TAPs can't always be autoconfigured,
3237 because not all devices provide good support for that.
3238 JTAG doesn't require supporting IDCODE instructions, and
3239 chips with JTAG routers may not link TAPs into the chain
3240 until they are told to do so.
3241
3242 The configuration mechanism currently supported by OpenOCD
3243 requires explicit configuration of all TAP devices using
3244 @command{jtag newtap} commands, as detailed later in this chapter.
3245 A command like this would declare one tap and name it @code{chip1.cpu}:
3246
3247 @example
3248 jtag newtap chip1 cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id 0x3ba00477
3249 @end example
3250
3251 Each target configuration file lists the TAPs provided
3252 by a given chip.
3253 Board configuration files combine all the targets on a board,
3254 and so forth.
3255 Note that @emph{the order in which TAPs are declared is very important.}
3256 It must match the order in the JTAG scan chain, both inside
3257 a single chip and between them.
3258 @xref{FAQ TAP Order}.
3259
3260 For example, the ST Microsystems STR912 chip has
3261 three separate TAPs@footnote{See the ST
3262 document titled: @emph{STR91xFAxxx, Section 3.15 Jtag Interface, Page:
3263 28/102, Figure 3: JTAG chaining inside the STR91xFA}.
3264 @url{http://eu.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13495.pdf}}.
3265 To configure those taps, @file{target/str912.cfg}
3266 includes commands something like this:
3267
3268 @example
3269 jtag newtap str912 flash ... params ...
3270 jtag newtap str912 cpu ... params ...
3271 jtag newtap str912 bs ... params ...
3272 @end example
3273
3274 Actual config files use a variable instead of literals like
3275 @option{str912}, to support more than one chip of each type.
3276 @xref{Config File Guidelines}.
3277
3278 @deffn Command {jtag names}
3279 Returns the names of all current TAPs in the scan chain.
3280 Use @command{jtag cget} or @command{jtag tapisenabled}
3281 to examine attributes and state of each TAP.
3282 @example
3283 foreach t [jtag names] @{
3284 puts [format "TAP: %s\n" $t]
3285 @}
3286 @end example
3287 @end deffn
3288
3289 @deffn Command {scan_chain}
3290 Displays the TAPs in the scan chain configuration,
3291 and their status.
3292 The set of TAPs listed by this command is fixed by
3293 exiting the OpenOCD configuration stage,
3294 but systems with a JTAG router can
3295 enable or disable TAPs dynamically.
3296 @end deffn
3297
3298 @c FIXME! "jtag cget" should be able to return all TAP
3299 @c attributes, like "$target_name cget" does for targets.
3300
3301 @c Probably want "jtag eventlist", and a "tap-reset" event
3302 @c (on entry to RESET state).
3303
3304 @section TAP Names
3305 @cindex dotted name
3306
3307 When TAP objects are declared with @command{jtag newtap},
3308 a @dfn{dotted.name} is created for the TAP, combining the
3309 name of a module (usually a chip) and a label for the TAP.
3310 For example: @code{xilinx.tap}, @code{str912.flash},
3311 @code{omap3530.jrc}, @code{dm6446.dsp}, or @code{stm32.cpu}.
3312 Many other commands use that dotted.name to manipulate or
3313 refer to the TAP. For example, CPU configuration uses the
3314 name, as does declaration of NAND or NOR flash banks.
3315
3316 The components of a dotted name should follow ``C'' symbol
3317 name rules: start with an alphabetic character, then numbers
3318 and underscores are OK; while others (including dots!) are not.
3319
3320 @quotation Tip
3321 In older code, JTAG TAPs were numbered from 0..N.
3322 This feature is still present.
3323 However its use is highly discouraged, and
3324 should not be relied on; it will be removed by mid-2010.
3325 Update all of your scripts to use TAP names rather than numbers,
3326 by paying attention to the runtime warnings they trigger.
3327 Using TAP numbers in target configuration scripts prevents
3328 reusing those scripts on boards with multiple targets.
3329 @end quotation
3330
3331 @section TAP Declaration Commands
3332
3333 @c shouldn't this be(come) a {Config Command}?
3334 @anchor{jtag newtap}
3335 @deffn Command {jtag newtap} chipname tapname configparams...
3336 Declares a new TAP with the dotted name @var{chipname}.@var{tapname},
3337 and configured according to the various @var{configparams}.
3338
3339 The @var{chipname} is a symbolic name for the chip.
3340 Conventionally target config files use @code{$_CHIPNAME},
3341 defaulting to the model name given by the chip vendor but
3342 overridable.
3343
3344 @cindex TAP naming convention
3345 The @var{tapname} reflects the role of that TAP,
3346 and should follow this convention:
3347
3348 @itemize @bullet
3349 @item @code{bs} -- For boundary scan if this is a seperate TAP;
3350 @item @code{cpu} -- The main CPU of the chip, alternatively
3351 @code{arm} and @code{dsp} on chips with both ARM and DSP CPUs,
3352 @code{arm1} and @code{arm2} on chips two ARMs, and so forth;
3353 @item @code{etb} -- For an embedded trace buffer (example: an ARM ETB11);
3354 @item @code{flash} -- If the chip has a flash TAP, like the str912;
3355 @item @code{jrc} -- For JTAG route controller (example: the ICEpick modules
3356 on many Texas Instruments chips, like the OMAP3530 on Beagleboards);
3357 @item @code{tap} -- Should be used only FPGA or CPLD like devices
3358 with a single TAP;
3359 @item @code{unknownN} -- If you have no idea what the TAP is for (N is a number);
3360 @item @emph{when in doubt} -- Use the chip maker's name in their data sheet.
3361 For example, the Freescale IMX31 has a SDMA (Smart DMA) with
3362 a JTAG TAP; that TAP should be named @code{sdma}.
3363 @end itemize
3364
3365 Every TAP requires at least the following @var{configparams}:
3366
3367 @itemize @bullet
3368 @item @code{-irlen} @var{NUMBER}
3369 @*The length in bits of the
3370 instruction register, such as 4 or 5 bits.
3371 @end itemize
3372
3373 A TAP may also provide optional @var{configparams}:
3374
3375 @itemize @bullet
3376 @item @code{-disable} (or @code{-enable})
3377 @*Use the @code{-disable} parameter to flag a TAP which is not
3378 linked in to the scan chain after a reset using either TRST
3379 or the JTAG state machine's @sc{reset} state.
3380 You may use @code{-enable} to highlight the default state
3381 (the TAP is linked in).
3382 @xref{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}.
3383 @item @code{-expected-id} @var{number}
3384 @*A non-zero @var{number} represents a 32-bit IDCODE
3385 which you expect to find when the scan chain is examined.
3386 These codes are not required by all JTAG devices.
3387 @emph{Repeat the option} as many times as required if more than one
3388 ID code could appear (for example, multiple versions).
3389 Specify @var{number} as zero to suppress warnings about IDCODE
3390 values that were found but not included in the list.
3391
3392 Provide this value if at all possible, since it lets OpenOCD
3393 tell when the scan chain it sees isn't right. These values
3394 are provided in vendors' chip documentation, usually a technical
3395 reference manual. Sometimes you may need to probe the JTAG
3396 hardware to find these values.
3397 @xref{Autoprobing}.
3398 @item @code{-ignore-version}
3399 @*Specify this to ignore the JTAG version field in the @code{-expected-id}
3400 option. When vendors put out multiple versions of a chip, or use the same
3401 JTAG-level ID for several largely-compatible chips, it may be more practical
3402 to ignore the version field than to update config files to handle all of
3403 the various chip IDs. The version field is defined as bit 28-31 of the IDCODE.
3404 @item @code{-ircapture} @var{NUMBER}
3405 @*The bit pattern loaded by the TAP into the JTAG shift register
3406 on entry to the @sc{ircapture} state, such as 0x01.
3407 JTAG requires the two LSBs of this value to be 01.
3408 By default, @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} are set
3409 up to verify that two-bit value. You may provide
3410 additional bits, if you know them, or indicate that
3411 a TAP doesn't conform to the JTAG specification.
3412 @item @code{-irmask} @var{NUMBER}
3413 @*A mask used with @code{-ircapture}
3414 to verify that instruction scans work correctly.
3415 Such scans are not used by OpenOCD except to verify that
3416 there seems to be no problems with JTAG scan chain operations.
3417 @end itemize
3418 @end deffn
3419
3420 @section Other TAP commands
3421
3422 @deffn Command {jtag cget} dotted.name @option{-event} name
3423 @deffnx Command {jtag configure} dotted.name @option{-event} name string
3424 At this writing this TAP attribute
3425 mechanism is used only for event handling.
3426 (It is not a direct analogue of the @code{cget}/@code{configure}
3427 mechanism for debugger targets.)
3428 See the next section for information about the available events.
3429
3430 The @code{configure} subcommand assigns an event handler,
3431 a TCL string which is evaluated when the event is triggered.
3432 The @code{cget} subcommand returns that handler.
3433 @end deffn
3434
3435 @anchor{TAP Events}
3436 @section TAP Events
3437 @cindex events
3438 @cindex TAP events
3439
3440 OpenOCD includes two event mechanisms.
3441 The one presented here applies to all JTAG TAPs.
3442 The other applies to debugger targets,
3443 which are associated with certain TAPs.
3444
3445 The TAP events currently defined are:
3446
3447 @itemize @bullet
3448 @item @b{post-reset}
3449 @* The TAP has just completed a JTAG reset.
3450 The tap may still be in the JTAG @sc{reset} state.
3451 Handlers for these events might perform initialization sequences
3452 such as issuing TCK cycles, TMS sequences to ensure
3453 exit from the ARM SWD mode, and more.
3454
3455 Because the scan chain has not yet been verified, handlers for these events
3456 @emph{should not issue commands which scan the JTAG IR or DR registers}
3457 of any particular target.
3458 @b{NOTE:} As this is written (September 2009), nothing prevents such access.
3459 @item @b{setup}
3460 @* The scan chain has been reset and verified.
3461 This handler may enable TAPs as needed.
3462 @item @b{tap-disable}
3463 @* The TAP needs to be disabled. This handler should
3464 implement @command{jtag tapdisable}
3465 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3466 @item @b{tap-enable}
3467 @* The TAP needs to be enabled. This handler should
3468 implement @command{jtag tapenable}
3469 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3470 @end itemize
3471
3472 If you need some action after each JTAG reset, which isn't actually
3473 specific to any TAP (since you can't yet trust the scan chain's
3474 contents to be accurate), you might:
3475
3476 @example
3477 jtag configure CHIP.jrc -event post-reset @{
3478 echo "JTAG Reset done"
3479 ... non-scan jtag operations to be done after reset
3480 @}
3481 @end example
3482
3483
3484 @anchor{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}
3485 @section Enabling and Disabling TAPs
3486 @cindex JTAG Route Controller
3487 @cindex jrc
3488
3489 In some systems, a @dfn{JTAG Route Controller} (JRC)
3490 is used to enable and/or disable specific JTAG TAPs.
3491 Many ARM based chips from Texas Instruments include
3492 an ``ICEpick'' module, which is a JRC.
3493 Such chips include DaVinci and OMAP3 processors.
3494
3495 A given TAP may not be visible until the JRC has been
3496 told to link it into the scan chain; and if the JRC
3497 has been told to unlink that TAP, it will no longer
3498 be visible.
3499 Such routers address problems that JTAG ``bypass mode''
3500 ignores, such as:
3501
3502 @itemize
3503 @item The scan chain can only go as fast as its slowest TAP.
3504 @item Having many TAPs slows instruction scans, since all
3505 TAPs receive new instructions.
3506 @item TAPs in the scan chain must be powered up, which wastes
3507 power and prevents debugging some power management mechanisms.
3508 @end itemize
3509
3510 The IEEE 1149.1 JTAG standard has no concept of a ``disabled'' tap,
3511 as implied by the existence of JTAG routers.
3512 However, the upcoming IEEE 1149.7 framework (layered on top of JTAG)
3513 does include a kind of JTAG router functionality.
3514
3515 @c (a) currently the event handlers don't seem to be able to
3516 @c fail in a way that could lead to no-change-of-state.
3517
3518 In OpenOCD, tap enabling/disabling is invoked by the Tcl commands
3519 shown below, and is implemented using TAP event handlers.
3520 So for example, when defining a TAP for a CPU connected to
3521 a JTAG router, your @file{target.cfg} file
3522 should define TAP event handlers using
3523 code that looks something like this:
3524
3525 @example
3526 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-enable @{
3527 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3528 @}
3529 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-disable @{
3530 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3531 @}
3532 @end example
3533
3534 Then you might want that CPU's TAP enabled almost all the time:
3535
3536 @example
3537 jtag configure $CHIP.jrc -event setup "jtag tapenable $CHIP.cpu"
3538 @end example
3539
3540 Note how that particular setup event handler declaration
3541 uses quotes to evaluate @code{$CHIP} when the event is configured.
3542 Using brackets @{ @} would cause it to be evaluated later,
3543 at runtime, when it might have a different value.
3544
3545 @deffn Command {jtag tapdisable} dotted.name
3546 If necessary, disables the tap
3547 by sending it a @option{tap-disable} event.
3548 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3549 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3550 and "0" if it is disabled.
3551 @end deffn
3552
3553 @deffn Command {jtag tapenable} dotted.name
3554 If necessary, enables the tap
3555 by sending it a @option{tap-enable} event.
3556 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3557 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3558 and "0" if it is disabled.
3559 @end deffn
3560
3561 @deffn Command {jtag tapisenabled} dotted.name
3562 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3563 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3564 and "0" if it is disabled.
3565
3566 @quotation Note
3567 Humans will find the @command{scan_chain} command more helpful
3568 for querying the state of the JTAG taps.
3569 @end quotation
3570 @end deffn
3571
3572 @anchor{Autoprobing}
3573 @section Autoprobing
3574 @cindex autoprobe
3575 @cindex JTAG autoprobe
3576
3577 TAP configuration is the first thing that needs to be done
3578 after interface and reset configuration. Sometimes it's
3579 hard finding out what TAPs exist, or how they are identified.
3580 Vendor documentation is not always easy to find and use.
3581
3582 To help you get past such problems, OpenOCD has a limited
3583 @emph{autoprobing} ability to look at the scan chain, doing
3584 a @dfn{blind interrogation} and then reporting the TAPs it finds.
3585 To use this mechanism, start the OpenOCD server with only data
3586 that configures your JTAG interface, and arranges to come up
3587 with a slow clock (many devices don't support fast JTAG clocks
3588 right when they come out of reset).
3589
3590 For example, your @file{openocd.cfg} file might have:
3591
3592 @example
3593 source [find interface/olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg]
3594 reset_config trst_and_srst
3595 jtag_rclk 8
3596 @end example
3597
3598 When you start the server without any TAPs configured, it will
3599 attempt to autoconfigure the TAPs. There are two parts to this:
3600
3601 @enumerate
3602 @item @emph{TAP discovery} ...
3603 After a JTAG reset (sometimes a system reset may be needed too),
3604 each TAP's data registers will hold the contents of either the
3605 IDCODE or BYPASS register.
3606 If JTAG communication is working, OpenOCD will see each TAP,
3607 and report what @option{-expected-id} to use with it.
3608 @item @emph{IR Length discovery} ...
3609 Unfortunately JTAG does not provide a reliable way to find out
3610 the value of the @option{-irlen} parameter to use with a TAP
3611 that is discovered.
3612 If OpenOCD can discover the length of a TAP's instruction
3613 register, it will report it.
3614 Otherwise you may need to consult vendor documentation, such
3615 as chip data sheets or BSDL files.
3616 @end enumerate
3617
3618 In many cases your board will have a simple scan chain with just
3619 a single device. Here's what OpenOCD reported with one board
3620 that's a bit more complex:
3621
3622 @example
3623 clock speed 8 kHz
3624 There are no enabled taps. AUTO PROBING MIGHT NOT WORK!!
3625 AUTO auto0.tap - use "jtag newtap auto0 tap -expected-id 0x2b900f0f ..."
3626 AUTO auto1.tap - use "jtag newtap auto1 tap -expected-id 0x07926001 ..."
3627 AUTO auto2.tap - use "jtag newtap auto2 tap -expected-id 0x0b73b02f ..."
3628 AUTO auto0.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3629 AUTO auto1.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3630 AUTO auto2.tap - use "... -irlen 6"
3631 no gdb ports allocated as no target has been specified
3632 @end example
3633
3634 Given that information, you should be able to either find some existing
3635 config files to use, or create your own. If you create your own, you
3636 would configure from the bottom up: first a @file{target.cfg} file
3637 with these TAPs, any targets associated with them, and any on-chip
3638 resources; then a @file{board.cfg} with off-chip resources, clocking,
3639 and so forth.
3640
3641 @node CPU Configuration
3642 @chapter CPU Configuration
3643 @cindex GDB target
3644
3645 This chapter discusses how to set up GDB debug targets for CPUs.
3646 You can also access these targets without GDB
3647 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands},
3648 and @ref{Target State handling}) and
3649 through various kinds of NAND and NOR flash commands.
3650 If you have multiple CPUs you can have multiple such targets.
3651
3652 We'll start by looking at how to examine the targets you have,
3653 then look at how to add one more target and how to configure it.
3654
3655 @section Target List
3656 @cindex target, current
3657 @cindex target, list
3658
3659 All targets that have been set up are part of a list,
3660 where each member has a name.
3661 That name should normally be the same as the TAP name.
3662 You can display the list with the @command{targets}
3663 (plural!) command.
3664 This display often has only one CPU; here's what it might
3665 look like with more than one:
3666 @verbatim
3667 TargetName Type Endian TapName State
3668 -- ------------------ ---------- ------ ------------------ ------------
3669 0* at91rm9200.cpu arm920t little at91rm9200.cpu running
3670 1 MyTarget cortex_m3 little mychip.foo tap-disabled
3671 @end verbatim
3672
3673 One member of that list is the @dfn{current target}, which
3674 is implicitly referenced by many commands.
3675 It's the one marked with a @code{*} near the target name.
3676 In particular, memory addresses often refer to the address
3677 space seen by that current target.
3678 Commands like @command{mdw} (memory display words)
3679 and @command{flash erase_address} (erase NOR flash blocks)
3680 are examples; and there are many more.
3681
3682 Several commands let you examine the list of targets:
3683
3684 @deffn Command {target count}
3685 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3686 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.
3687 Iterate target using @command{target names}, not by counting.}
3688
3689 Returns the number of targets, @math{N}.
3690 The highest numbered target is @math{N - 1}.
3691 @example
3692 set c [target count]
3693 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < $c @} @{ incr x @} @{
3694 # Assuming you have created this function
3695 print_target_details $x
3696 @}
3697 @end example
3698 @end deffn
3699
3700 @deffn Command {target current}
3701 Returns the name of the current target.
3702 @end deffn
3703
3704 @deffn Command {target names}
3705 Lists the names of all current targets in the list.
3706 @example
3707 foreach t [target names] @{
3708 puts [format "Target: %s\n" $t]
3709 @}
3710 @end example
3711 @end deffn
3712
3713 @deffn Command {target number} number
3714 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3715 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.}
3716
3717 The list of targets is numbered starting at zero.
3718 This command returns the name of the target at index @var{number}.
3719 @example
3720 set thename [target number $x]
3721 puts [format "Target %d is: %s\n" $x $thename]
3722 @end example
3723 @end deffn
3724
3725 @c yep, "target list" would have been better.
3726 @c plus maybe "target setdefault".
3727
3728 @deffn Command targets [name]
3729 @emph{Note: the name of this command is plural. Other target
3730 command names are singular.}
3731
3732 With no parameter, this command displays a table of all known
3733 targets in a user friendly form.
3734
3735 With a parameter, this command sets the current target to
3736 the given target with the given @var{name}; this is
3737 only relevant on boards which have more than one target.
3738 @end deffn
3739
3740 @section Target CPU Types and Variants
3741 @cindex target type
3742 @cindex CPU type
3743 @cindex CPU variant
3744
3745 Each target has a @dfn{CPU type}, as shown in the output of
3746 the @command{targets} command. You need to specify that type
3747 when calling @command{target create}.
3748 The CPU type indicates more than just the instruction set.
3749 It also indicates how that instruction set is implemented,
3750 what kind of debug support it integrates,
3751 whether it has an MMU (and if so, what kind),
3752 what core-specific commands may be available
3753 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands}),
3754 and more.
3755
3756 For some CPU types, OpenOCD also defines @dfn{variants} which
3757 indicate differences that affect their handling.
3758 For example, a particular implementation bug might need to be
3759 worked around in some chip versions.
3760
3761 It's easy to see what target types are supported,
3762 since there's a command to list them.
3763 However, there is currently no way to list what target variants
3764 are supported (other than by reading the OpenOCD source code).
3765
3766 @anchor{target types}
3767 @deffn Command {target types}
3768 Lists all supported target types.
3769 At this writing, the supported CPU types and variants are:
3770
3771 @itemize @bullet
3772 @item @code{arm11} -- this is a generation of ARMv6 cores
3773 @item @code{arm720t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
3774 @item @code{arm7tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3775 @item @code{arm920t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
3776 @item @code{arm926ejs} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
3777 @item @code{arm966e} -- this is an ARMv5 core
3778 @item @code{arm9tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3779 @item @code{avr} -- implements Atmel's 8-bit AVR instruction set.
3780 (Support for this is preliminary and incomplete.)
3781 @item @code{cortex_a8} -- this is an ARMv7 core with an MMU
3782 @item @code{cortex_m3} -- this is an ARMv7 core, supporting only the
3783 compact Thumb2 instruction set.
3784 @item @code{dragonite} -- resembles arm966e
3785 @item @code{dsp563xx} -- implements Freescale's 24-bit DSP.
3786 (Support for this is still incomplete.)
3787 @item @code{fa526} -- resembles arm920 (w/o Thumb)
3788 @item @code{feroceon} -- resembles arm926
3789 @item @code{mips_m4k} -- a MIPS core. This supports one variant:
3790 @item @code{xscale} -- this is actually an architecture,
3791 not a CPU type. It is based on the ARMv5 architecture.
3792 There are several variants defined:
3793 @itemize @minus
3794 @item @code{ixp42x}, @code{ixp45x}, @code{ixp46x},
3795 @code{pxa27x} ... instruction register length is 7 bits
3796 @item @code{pxa250}, @code{pxa255},
3797 @code{pxa26x} ... instruction register length is 5 bits
3798 @item @code{pxa3xx} ... instruction register length is 11 bits
3799 @end itemize
3800 @end itemize
3801 @end deffn
3802
3803 To avoid being confused by the variety of ARM based cores, remember
3804 this key point: @emph{ARM is a technology licencing company}.
3805 (See: @url{http://www.arm.com}.)
3806 The CPU name used by OpenOCD will reflect the CPU design that was
3807 licenced, not a vendor brand which incorporates that design.
3808 Name prefixes like arm7, arm9, arm11, and cortex
3809 reflect design generations;
3810 while names like ARMv4, ARMv5, ARMv6, and ARMv7
3811 reflect an architecture version implemented by a CPU design.
3812
3813 @anchor{Target Configuration}
3814 @section Target Configuration
3815
3816 Before creating a ``target'', you must have added its TAP to the scan chain.
3817 When you've added that TAP, you will have a @code{dotted.name}
3818 which is used to set up the CPU support.
3819 The chip-specific configuration file will normally configure its CPU(s)
3820 right after it adds all of the chip's TAPs to the scan chain.
3821
3822 Although you can set up a target in one step, it's often clearer if you
3823 use shorter commands and do it in two steps: create it, then configure
3824 optional parts.
3825 All operations on the target after it's created will use a new
3826 command, created as part of target creation.
3827
3828 The two main things to configure after target creation are
3829 a work area, which usually has target-specific defaults even
3830 if the board setup code overrides them later;
3831 and event handlers (@pxref{Target Events}), which tend
3832 to be much more board-specific.
3833 The key steps you use might look something like this
3834
3835 @example
3836 target create MyTarget cortex_m3 -chain-position mychip.cpu
3837 $MyTarget configure -work-area-phys 0x08000 -work-area-size 8096
3838 $MyTarget configure -event reset-deassert-pre @{ jtag_rclk 5 @}
3839 $MyTarget configure -event reset-init @{ myboard_reinit @}
3840 @end example
3841
3842 You should specify a working area if you can; typically it uses some
3843 on-chip SRAM.
3844 Such a working area can speed up many things, including bulk
3845 writes to target memory;
3846 flash operations like checking to see if memory needs to be erased;
3847 GDB memory checksumming;
3848 and more.
3849
3850 @quotation Warning
3851 On more complex chips, the work area can become
3852 inaccessible when application code
3853 (such as an operating system)
3854 enables or disables the MMU.
3855 For example, the particular MMU context used to acess the virtual
3856 address will probably matter ... and that context might not have
3857 easy access to other addresses needed.
3858 At this writing, OpenOCD doesn't have much MMU intelligence.
3859 @end quotation
3860
3861 It's often very useful to define a @code{reset-init} event handler.
3862 For systems that are normally used with a boot loader,
3863 common tasks include updating clocks and initializing memory
3864 controllers.
3865 That may be needed to let you write the boot loader into flash,
3866 in order to ``de-brick'' your board; or to load programs into
3867 external DDR memory without having run the boot loader.
3868
3869 @deffn Command {target create} target_name type configparams...
3870 This command creates a GDB debug target that refers to a specific JTAG tap.
3871 It enters that target into a list, and creates a new
3872 command (@command{@var{target_name}}) which is used for various
3873 purposes including additional configuration.
3874
3875 @itemize @bullet
3876 @item @var{target_name} ... is the name of the debug target.
3877 By convention this should be the same as the @emph{dotted.name}
3878 of the TAP associated with this target, which must be specified here
3879 using the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} configparam.
3880
3881 This name is also used to create the target object command,
3882 referred to here as @command{$target_name},
3883 and in other places the target needs to be identified.
3884 @item @var{type} ... specifies the target type. @xref{target types}.
3885 @item @var{configparams} ... all parameters accepted by
3886 @command{$target_name configure} are permitted.
3887 If the target is big-endian, set it here with @code{-endian big}.
3888 If the variant matters, set it here with @code{-variant}.
3889
3890 You @emph{must} set the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} here.
3891 @end itemize
3892 @end deffn
3893
3894 @deffn Command {$target_name configure} configparams...
3895 The options accepted by this command may also be
3896 specified as parameters to @command{target create}.
3897 Their values can later be queried one at a time by
3898 using the @command{$target_name cget} command.
3899
3900 @emph{Warning:} changing some of these after setup is dangerous.
3901 For example, moving a target from one TAP to another;
3902 and changing its endianness or variant.
3903
3904 @itemize @bullet
3905
3906 @item @code{-chain-position} @var{dotted.name} -- names the TAP
3907 used to access this target.
3908
3909 @item @code{-endian} (@option{big}|@option{little}) -- specifies
3910 whether the CPU uses big or little endian conventions
3911
3912 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} @var{event_body} --
3913 @xref{Target Events}.
3914 Note that this updates a list of named event handlers.
3915 Calling this twice with two different event names assigns
3916 two different handlers, but calling it twice with the
3917 same event name assigns only one handler.
3918
3919 @item @code{-variant} @var{name} -- specifies a variant of the target,
3920 which OpenOCD needs to know about.
3921
3922 @item @code{-work-area-backup} (@option{0}|@option{1}) -- says
3923 whether the work area gets backed up; by default,
3924 @emph{it is not backed up.}
3925 When possible, use a working_area that doesn't need to be backed up,
3926 since performing a backup slows down operations.
3927 For example, the beginning of an SRAM block is likely to
3928 be used by most build systems, but the end is often unused.
3929
3930 @item @code{-work-area-size} @var{size} -- specify work are size,
3931 in bytes. The same size applies regardless of whether its physical
3932 or virtual address is being used.
3933
3934 @item @code{-work-area-phys} @var{address} -- set the work area
3935 base @var{address} to be used when no MMU is active.
3936
3937 @item @code{-work-area-virt} @var{address} -- set the work area
3938 base @var{address} to be used when an MMU is active.
3939 @emph{Do not specify a value for this except on targets with an MMU.}
3940 The value should normally correspond to a static mapping for the
3941 @code{-work-area-phys} address, set up by the current operating system.
3942
3943 @end itemize
3944 @end deffn
3945
3946 @section Other $target_name Commands
3947 @cindex object command
3948
3949 The Tcl/Tk language has the concept of object commands,
3950 and OpenOCD adopts that same model for targets.
3951
3952 A good Tk example is a on screen button.
3953 Once a button is created a button
3954 has a name (a path in Tk terms) and that name is useable as a first
3955 class command. For example in Tk, one can create a button and later
3956 configure it like this:
3957
3958 @example
3959 # Create
3960 button .foobar -background red -command @{ foo @}
3961 # Modify
3962 .foobar configure -foreground blue
3963 # Query
3964 set x [.foobar cget -background]
3965 # Report
3966 puts [format "The button is %s" $x]
3967 @end example
3968
3969 In OpenOCD's terms, the ``target'' is an object just like a Tcl/Tk
3970 button, and its object commands are invoked the same way.
3971
3972 @example
3973 str912.cpu mww 0x1234 0x42
3974 omap3530.cpu mww 0x5555 123
3975 @end example
3976
3977 The commands supported by OpenOCD target objects are:
3978
3979 @deffn Command {$target_name arp_examine}
3980 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_halt}
3981 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_poll}
3982 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_reset}
3983 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_waitstate}
3984 Internal OpenOCD scripts (most notably @file{startup.tcl})
3985 use these to deal with specific reset cases.
3986 They are not otherwise documented here.
3987 @end deffn
3988
3989 @deffn Command {$target_name array2mem} arrayname width address count
3990 @deffnx Command {$target_name mem2array} arrayname width address count
3991 These provide an efficient script-oriented interface to memory.
3992 The @code{array2mem} primitive writes bytes, halfwords, or words;
3993 while @code{mem2array} reads them.
3994 In both cases, the TCL side uses an array, and
3995 the target side uses raw memory.
3996
3997 The efficiency comes from enabling the use of
3998 bulk JTAG data transfer operations.
3999 The script orientation comes from working with data
4000 values that are packaged for use by TCL scripts;
4001 @command{mdw} type primitives only print data they retrieve,
4002 and neither store nor return those values.
4003
4004 @itemize
4005 @item @var{arrayname} ... is the name of an array variable
4006 @item @var{width} ... is 8/16/32 - indicating the memory access size
4007 @item @var{address} ... is the target memory address
4008 @item @var{count} ... is the number of elements to process
4009 @end itemize
4010 @end deffn
4011
4012 @deffn Command {$target_name cget} queryparm
4013 Each configuration parameter accepted by
4014 @command{$target_name configure}
4015 can be individually queried, to return its current value.
4016 The @var{queryparm} is a parameter name
4017 accepted by that command, such as @code{-work-area-phys}.
4018 There are a few special cases:
4019
4020 @itemize @bullet
4021 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} -- returns the handler for the
4022 event named @var{event_name}.
4023 This is a special case because setting a handler requires
4024 two parameters.
4025 @item @code{-type} -- returns the target type.
4026 This is a special case because this is set using
4027 @command{target create} and can't be changed
4028 using @command{$target_name configure}.
4029 @end itemize
4030
4031 For example, if you wanted to summarize information about
4032 all the targets you might use something like this:
4033
4034 @example
4035 foreach name [target names] @{
4036 set y [$name cget -endian]
4037 set z [$name cget -type]
4038 puts [format "Chip %d is %s, Endian: %s, type: %s" \
4039 $x $name $y $z]
4040 @}
4041 @end example
4042 @end deffn
4043
4044 @anchor{target curstate}
4045 @deffn Command {$target_name curstate}
4046 Displays the current target state:
4047 @code{debug-running},
4048 @code{halted},
4049 @code{reset},
4050 @code{running}, or @code{unknown}.
4051 (Also, @pxref{Event Polling}.)
4052 @end deffn
4053
4054 @deffn Command {$target_name eventlist}
4055 Displays a table listing all event handlers
4056 currently associated with this target.
4057 @xref{Target Events}.
4058 @end deffn
4059
4060 @deffn Command {$target_name invoke-event} event_name
4061 Invokes the handler for the event named @var{event_name}.
4062 (This is primarily intended for use by OpenOCD framework
4063 code, for example by the reset code in @file{startup.tcl}.)
4064 @end deffn
4065
4066 @deffn Command {$target_name mdw} addr [count]
4067 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdh} addr [count]
4068 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdb} addr [count]
4069 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
4070 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
4071 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
4072 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
4073 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
4074 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
4075 @end deffn
4076
4077 @deffn Command {$target_name mww} addr word
4078 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwh} addr halfword
4079 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwb} addr byte
4080 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4081 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4082 at the specified address @var{addr}.
4083 @end deffn
4084
4085 @anchor{Target Events}
4086 @section Target Events
4087 @cindex target events
4088 @cindex events
4089 At various times, certain things can happen, or you want them to happen.
4090 For example:
4091 @itemize @bullet
4092 @item What should happen when GDB connects? Should your target reset?
4093 @item When GDB tries to flash the target, do you need to enable the flash via a special command?
4094 @item Is using SRST appropriate (and possible) on your system?
4095 Or instead of that, do you need to issue JTAG commands to trigger reset?
4096 SRST usually resets everything on the scan chain, which can be inappropriate.
4097 @item During reset, do you need to write to certain memory locations
4098 to set up system clocks or
4099 to reconfigure the SDRAM?
4100 How about configuring the watchdog timer, or other peripherals,
4101 to stop running while you hold the core stopped for debugging?
4102 @end itemize
4103
4104 All of the above items can be addressed by target event handlers.
4105 These are set up by @command{$target_name configure -event} or
4106 @command{target create ... -event}.
4107
4108 The programmer's model matches the @code{-command} option used in Tcl/Tk
4109 buttons and events. The two examples below act the same, but one creates
4110 and invokes a small procedure while the other inlines it.
4111
4112 @example
4113 proc my_attach_proc @{ @} @{
4114 echo "Reset..."
4115 reset halt
4116 @}
4117 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach my_attach_proc
4118 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach @{
4119 echo "Reset..."
4120 # To make flash probe and gdb load to flash work we need a reset init.
4121 reset init
4122 @}
4123 @end example
4124
4125 The following target events are defined:
4126
4127 @itemize @bullet
4128 @item @b{debug-halted}
4129 @* The target has halted for debug reasons (i.e.: breakpoint)
4130 @item @b{debug-resumed}
4131 @* The target has resumed (i.e.: gdb said run)
4132 @item @b{early-halted}
4133 @* Occurs early in the halt process
4134 @ignore
4135 @item @b{examine-end}
4136 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine completes)
4137 @item @b{examine-start}
4138 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine starts)
4139 @end ignore
4140 @item @b{gdb-attach}
4141 @* When GDB connects. This is before any communication with the target, so this
4142 can be used to set up the target so it is possible to probe flash. Probing flash
4143 is necessary during gdb connect if gdb load is to write the image to flash. Another
4144 use of the flash memory map is for GDB to automatically hardware/software breakpoints
4145 depending on whether the breakpoint is in RAM or read only memory.
4146 @item @b{gdb-detach}
4147 @* When GDB disconnects
4148 @item @b{gdb-end}
4149 @* When the target has halted and GDB is not doing anything (see early halt)
4150 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-start}
4151 @* Before the GDB flash process tries to erase the flash
4152 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-end}
4153 @* After the GDB flash process has finished erasing the flash
4154 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-start}
4155 @* Before GDB writes to the flash
4156 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-end}
4157 @* After GDB writes to the flash
4158 @item @b{gdb-start}
4159 @* Before the target steps, gdb is trying to start/resume the target
4160 @item @b{halted}
4161 @* The target has halted
4162 @ignore
4163 @item @b{old-gdb_program_config}
4164 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
4165 @item @b{old-pre_resume}
4166 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
4167 @end ignore
4168 @item @b{reset-assert-pre}
4169 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4170 after @command{reset_init} was triggered
4171 but before either SRST alone is re-asserted on the scan chain,
4172 or @code{reset-assert} is triggered.
4173 @item @b{reset-assert}
4174 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4175 after @command{reset-assert-pre} was triggered.
4176 When such a handler is present, cores which support this event will use
4177 it instead of asserting SRST.
4178 This support is essential for debugging with JTAG interfaces which
4179 don't include an SRST line (JTAG doesn't require SRST), and for
4180 selective reset on scan chains that have multiple targets.
4181 @item @b{reset-assert-post}
4182 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4183 after @code{reset-assert} has been triggered.
4184 or the target asserted SRST on the entire scan chain.
4185 @item @b{reset-deassert-pre}
4186 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4187 after @code{reset-assert-post} has been triggered.
4188 @item @b{reset-deassert-post}
4189 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4190 after @code{reset-deassert-pre} has been triggered
4191 and (if the target is using it) after SRST has been
4192 released on the scan chain.
4193 @item @b{reset-end}
4194 @* Issued as the final step in @command{reset} processing.
4195 @ignore
4196 @item @b{reset-halt-post}
4197 @* Currently not used
4198 @item @b{reset-halt-pre}
4199 @* Currently not used
4200 @end ignore
4201 @item @b{reset-init}
4202 @* Used by @b{reset init} command for board-specific initialization.
4203 This event fires after @emph{reset-deassert-post}.
4204
4205 This is where you would configure PLLs and clocking, set up DRAM so
4206 you can download programs that don't fit in on-chip SRAM, set up pin
4207 multiplexing, and so on.
4208 (You may be able to switch to a fast JTAG clock rate here, after
4209 the target clocks are fully set up.)
4210 @item @b{reset-start}
4211 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4212 before @command{reset_init} is called.
4213
4214 This is the most robust place to use @command{jtag_rclk}
4215 or @command{adapter_khz} to switch to a low JTAG clock rate,
4216 when reset disables PLLs needed to use a fast clock.
4217 @ignore
4218 @item @b{reset-wait-pos}
4219 @* Currently not used
4220 @item @b{reset-wait-pre}
4221 @* Currently not used
4222 @end ignore
4223 @item @b{resume-start}
4224 @* Before any target is resumed
4225 @item @b{resume-end}
4226 @* After all targets have resumed
4227 @item @b{resume-ok}
4228 @* Success
4229 @item @b{resumed}
4230 @* Target has resumed
4231 @end itemize
4232
4233
4234 @node Flash Commands
4235 @chapter Flash Commands
4236
4237 OpenOCD has different commands for NOR and NAND flash;
4238 the ``flash'' command works with NOR flash, while
4239 the ``nand'' command works with NAND flash.
4240 This partially reflects different hardware technologies:
4241 NOR flash usually supports direct CPU instruction and data bus access,
4242 while data from a NAND flash must be copied to memory before it can be
4243 used. (SPI flash must also be copied to memory before use.)
4244 However, the documentation also uses ``flash'' as a generic term;
4245 for example, ``Put flash configuration in board-specific files''.
4246
4247 Flash Steps:
4248 @enumerate
4249 @item Configure via the command @command{flash bank}
4250 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
4251 passing parameters as needed by the driver.
4252 @item Operate on the flash via @command{flash subcommand}
4253 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
4254 via a script in some automated way. Common tasks include writing a
4255 boot loader, operating system, or other data.
4256 @item GDB Flashing
4257 @* Flashing via GDB requires the flash be configured via ``flash
4258 bank'', and the GDB flash features be enabled.
4259 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
4260 @end enumerate
4261
4262 Many CPUs have the ablity to ``boot'' from the first flash bank.
4263 This means that misprogramming that bank can ``brick'' a system,
4264 so that it can't boot.
4265 JTAG tools, like OpenOCD, are often then used to ``de-brick'' the
4266 board by (re)installing working boot firmware.
4267
4268 @anchor{NOR Configuration}
4269 @section Flash Configuration Commands
4270 @cindex flash configuration
4271
4272 @deffn {Config Command} {flash bank} name driver base size chip_width bus_width target [driver_options]
4273 Configures a flash bank which provides persistent storage
4274 for addresses from @math{base} to @math{base + size - 1}.
4275 These banks will often be visible to GDB through the target's memory map.
4276 In some cases, configuring a flash bank will activate extra commands;
4277 see the driver-specific documentation.
4278
4279 @itemize @bullet
4280 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the flash bank
4281 in other flash commands. A number is also available.
4282 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the controller driver
4283 associated with the flash bank being declared.
4284 This is usually @code{cfi} for external flash, or else
4285 the name of a microcontroller with embedded flash memory.
4286 @xref{Flash Driver List}.
4287 @item @var{base} ... Base address of the flash chip.
4288 @item @var{size} ... Size of the chip, in bytes.
4289 For some drivers, this value is detected from the hardware.
4290 @item @var{chip_width} ... Width of the flash chip, in bytes;
4291 ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4292 @item @var{bus_width} ... Width of the data bus used to access the
4293 chip, in bytes; ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4294 @item @var{target} ... Names the target used to issue
4295 commands to the flash controller.
4296 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
4297 @item @var{driver_options} ... drivers may support, or require,
4298 additional parameters. See the driver-specific documentation
4299 for more information.
4300 @end itemize
4301 @quotation Note
4302 This command is not available after OpenOCD initialization has completed.
4303 Use it in board specific configuration files, not interactively.
4304 @end quotation
4305 @end deffn
4306
4307 @comment the REAL name for this command is "ocd_flash_banks"
4308 @comment less confusing would be: "flash list" (like "nand list")
4309 @deffn Command {flash banks}
4310 Prints a one-line summary of each device that was
4311 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4312 Note that this is the @emph{plural} form;
4313 the @emph{singular} form is a very different command.
4314 @end deffn
4315
4316 @deffn Command {flash list}
4317 Retrieves a list of associative arrays for each device that was
4318 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4319 This returned list can be manipulated easily from within scripts.
4320 @end deffn
4321
4322 @deffn Command {flash probe} num
4323 Identify the flash, or validate the parameters of the configured flash. Operation
4324 depends on the flash type.
4325 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4326 Most flash commands will implicitly @emph{autoprobe} the bank;
4327 flash drivers can distinguish between probing and autoprobing,
4328 but most don't bother.
4329 @end deffn
4330
4331 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to Flash
4332 @cindex flash erasing
4333 @cindex flash reading
4334 @cindex flash writing
4335 @cindex flash programming
4336
4337 One feature distinguishing NOR flash from NAND or serial flash technologies
4338 is that for read access, it acts exactly like any other addressible memory.
4339 This means you can use normal memory read commands like @command{mdw} or
4340 @command{dump_image} with it, with no special @command{flash} subcommands.
4341 @xref{Memory access}, and @ref{Image access}.
4342
4343 Write access works differently. Flash memory normally needs to be erased
4344 before it's written. Erasing a sector turns all of its bits to ones, and
4345 writing can turn ones into zeroes. This is why there are special commands
4346 for interactive erasing and writing, and why GDB needs to know which parts
4347 of the address space hold NOR flash memory.
4348
4349 @quotation Note
4350 Most of these erase and write commands leverage the fact that NOR flash
4351 chips consume target address space. They implicitly refer to the current
4352 JTAG target, and map from an address in that target's address space
4353 back to a flash bank.
4354 @comment In May 2009, those mappings may fail if any bank associated
4355 @comment with that target doesn't succesfuly autoprobe ... bug worth fixing?
4356 A few commands use abstract addressing based on bank and sector numbers,
4357 and don't depend on searching the current target and its address space.
4358 Avoid confusing the two command models.
4359 @end quotation
4360
4361 Some flash chips implement software protection against accidental writes,
4362 since such buggy writes could in some cases ``brick'' a system.
4363 For such systems, erasing and writing may require sector protection to be
4364 disabled first.
4365 Examples include CFI flash such as ``Intel Advanced Bootblock flash'',
4366 and AT91SAM7 on-chip flash.
4367 @xref{flash protect}.
4368
4369 @anchor{flash erase_sector}
4370 @deffn Command {flash erase_sector} num first last
4371 Erase sectors in bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4372 up to and including @var{last}.
4373 Sector numbering starts at 0.
4374 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4375 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4376 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4377 @end deffn
4378
4379 @deffn Command {flash erase_address} [@option{pad}] [@option{unlock}] address length
4380 Erase sectors starting at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
4381 Unless @option{pad} is specified, @math{address} must begin a
4382 flash sector, and @math{address + length - 1} must end a sector.
4383 Specifying @option{pad} erases extra data at the beginning and/or
4384 end of the specified region, as needed to erase only full sectors.
4385 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address}, and
4386 the specified length must stay within that bank.
4387 As a special case, when @var{length} is zero and @var{address} is
4388 the start of the bank, the whole flash is erased.
4389 If @option{unlock} is specified, then the flash is unprotected
4390 before erase starts.
4391 @end deffn
4392
4393 @deffn Command {flash fillw} address word length
4394 @deffnx Command {flash fillh} address halfword length
4395 @deffnx Command {flash fillb} address byte length
4396 Fills flash memory with the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4397 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4398 starting at @var{address} and continuing
4399 for @var{length} units (word/halfword/byte).
4400 No erasure is done before writing; when needed, that must be done
4401 before issuing this command.
4402 Writes are done in blocks of up to 1024 bytes, and each write is
4403 verified by reading back the data and comparing it to what was written.
4404 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
4405 each block, and the specified length must stay within that bank.
4406 @end deffn
4407 @comment no current checks for errors if fill blocks touch multiple banks!
4408
4409 @anchor{flash write_bank}
4410 @deffn Command {flash write_bank} num filename offset
4411 Write the binary @file{filename} to flash bank @var{num},
4412 starting at @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4413 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4414 @end deffn
4415
4416 @anchor{flash write_image}
4417 @deffn Command {flash write_image} [erase] [unlock] filename [offset] [type]
4418 Write the image @file{filename} to the current target's flash bank(s).
4419 A relocation @var{offset} may be specified, in which case it is added
4420 to the base address for each section in the image.
4421 The file [@var{type}] can be specified
4422 explicitly as @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
4423 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19).
4424 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
4425 The relevant flash sectors will be erased prior to programming
4426 if the @option{erase} parameter is given. If @option{unlock} is
4427 provided, then the flash banks are unlocked before erase and
4428 program. The flash bank to use is inferred from the address of
4429 each image section.
4430
4431 @quotation Warning
4432 Be careful using the @option{erase} flag when the flash is holding
4433 data you want to preserve.
4434 Portions of the flash outside those described in the image's
4435 sections might be erased with no notice.
4436 @itemize
4437 @item
4438 When a section of the image being written does not fill out all the
4439 sectors it uses, the unwritten parts of those sectors are necessarily
4440 also erased, because sectors can't be partially erased.
4441 @item
4442 Data stored in sector "holes" between image sections are also affected.
4443 For example, "@command{flash write_image erase ...}" of an image with
4444 one byte at the beginning of a flash bank and one byte at the end
4445 erases the entire bank -- not just the two sectors being written.
4446 @end itemize
4447 Also, when flash protection is important, you must re-apply it after
4448 it has been removed by the @option{unlock} flag.
4449 @end quotation
4450
4451 @end deffn
4452
4453 @section Other Flash commands
4454 @cindex flash protection
4455
4456 @deffn Command {flash erase_check} num
4457 Check erase state of sectors in flash bank @var{num},
4458 and display that status.
4459 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4460 @end deffn
4461
4462 @deffn Command {flash info} num
4463 Print info about flash bank @var{num}
4464 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4465 This command will first query the hardware, it does not print cached
4466 and possibly stale information.
4467 @end deffn
4468
4469 @anchor{flash protect}
4470 @deffn Command {flash protect} num first last (@option{on}|@option{off})
4471 Enable (@option{on}) or disable (@option{off}) protection of flash sectors
4472 in flash bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4473 and continuing up to and including @var{last}.
4474 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4475 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4476 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4477 @end deffn
4478
4479 @anchor{Flash Driver List}
4480 @section Flash Driver List
4481 As noted above, the @command{flash bank} command requires a driver name,
4482 and allows driver-specific options and behaviors.
4483 Some drivers also activate driver-specific commands.
4484
4485 @subsection External Flash
4486
4487 @deffn {Flash Driver} cfi
4488 @cindex Common Flash Interface
4489 @cindex CFI
4490 The ``Common Flash Interface'' (CFI) is the main standard for
4491 external NOR flash chips, each of which connects to a
4492 specific external chip select on the CPU.
4493 Frequently the first such chip is used to boot the system.
4494 Your board's @code{reset-init} handler might need to
4495 configure additional chip selects using other commands (like: @command{mww} to
4496 configure a bus and its timings), or
4497 perhaps configure a GPIO pin that controls the ``write protect'' pin
4498 on the flash chip.
4499 The CFI driver can use a target-specific working area to significantly
4500 speed up operation.
4501
4502 The CFI driver can accept the following optional parameters, in any order:
4503
4504 @itemize
4505 @item @var{jedec_probe} ... is used to detect certain non-CFI flash ROMs,
4506 like AM29LV010 and similar types.
4507 @item @var{x16_as_x8} ... when a 16-bit flash is hooked up to an 8-bit bus.
4508 @end itemize
4509
4510 To configure two adjacent banks of 16 MBytes each, both sixteen bits (two bytes)
4511 wide on a sixteen bit bus:
4512
4513 @example
4514 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4515 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x01000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4516 @end example
4517
4518 To configure one bank of 32 MBytes
4519 built from two sixteen bit (two byte) wide parts wired in parallel
4520 to create a thirty-two bit (four byte) bus with doubled throughput:
4521
4522 @example
4523 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x02000000 2 4 $_TARGETNAME
4524 @end example
4525
4526 @c "cfi part_id" disabled
4527 @end deffn
4528
4529 @deffn {Flash Driver} stmsmi
4530 @cindex STMicroelectronics Serial Memory Interface
4531 @cindex SMI
4532 @cindex stmsmi
4533 Some devices form STMicroelectronics (e.g. STR75x MCU family,
4534 SPEAr MPU family) include a proprietary
4535 ``Serial Memory Interface'' (SMI) controller able to drive external
4536 SPI flash devices.
4537 Depending on specific device and board configuration, up to 4 external
4538 flash devices can be connected.
4539
4540 SMI makes the flash content directly accessible in the CPU address
4541 space; each external device is mapped in a memory bank.
4542 CPU can directly read data, execute code and boot from SMI banks.
4543 Normal OpenOCD commands like @command{mdw} can be used to display
4544 the flash content.
4545
4546 The setup command only requires the @var{base} parameter in order
4547 to identify the memory bank.
4548 All other parameters are ignored. Additional information, like
4549 flash size, are detected automatically.
4550
4551 @example
4552 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stmsmi 0xf8000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4553 @end example
4554
4555 @end deffn
4556
4557 @subsection Internal Flash (Microcontrollers)
4558
4559 @deffn {Flash Driver} aduc702x
4560 The ADUC702x analog microcontrollers from Analog Devices
4561 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4562 The aduc702x flash driver works with models ADUC7019 through ADUC7028.
4563 The setup command only requires the @var{target} argument
4564 since all devices in this family have the same memory layout.
4565
4566 @example
4567 flash bank $_FLASHNAME aduc702x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4568 @end example
4569 @end deffn
4570
4571 @anchor{at91sam3}
4572 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam3
4573 @cindex at91sam3
4574 All members of the AT91SAM3 microcontroller family from
4575 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M3 core. The driver
4576 currently (6/22/09) recognizes the AT91SAM3U[1/2/4][C/E] chips. Note
4577 that the driver was orginaly developed and tested using the
4578 AT91SAM3U4E, using a SAM3U-EK eval board. Support for other chips in
4579 the family was cribbed from the data sheet. @emph{Note to future
4580 readers/updaters: Please remove this worrysome comment after other
4581 chips are confirmed.}
4582
4583 The AT91SAM3U4[E/C] (256K) chips have two flash banks; most other chips
4584 have one flash bank. In all cases the flash banks are at
4585 the following fixed locations:
4586
4587 @example
4588 # Flash bank 0 - all chips
4589 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00080000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4590 # Flash bank 1 - only 256K chips
4591 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00100000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4592 @end example
4593
4594 Internally, the AT91SAM3 flash memory is organized as follows.
4595 Unlike the AT91SAM7 chips, these are not used as parameters
4596 to the @command{flash bank} command:
4597
4598 @itemize
4599 @item @emph{N-Banks:} 256K chips have 2 banks, others have 1 bank.
4600 @item @emph{Bank Size:} 128K/64K Per flash bank
4601 @item @emph{Sectors:} 16 or 8 per bank
4602 @item @emph{SectorSize:} 8K Per Sector
4603 @item @emph{PageSize:} 256 bytes per page. Note that OpenOCD operates on 'sector' sizes, not page sizes.
4604 @end itemize
4605
4606 The AT91SAM3 driver adds some additional commands:
4607
4608 @deffn Command {at91sam3 gpnvm}
4609 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm clear} number
4610 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm set} number
4611 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm show} [@option{all}|number]
4612 With no parameters, @command{show} or @command{show all},
4613 shows the status of all GPNVM bits.
4614 With @command{show} @var{number}, displays that bit.
4615
4616 With @command{set} @var{number} or @command{clear} @var{number},
4617 modifies that GPNVM bit.
4618 @end deffn
4619
4620 @deffn Command {at91sam3 info}
4621 This command attempts to display information about the AT91SAM3
4622 chip. @emph{First} it read the @code{CHIPID_CIDR} [address 0x400e0740, see
4623 Section 28.2.1, page 505 of the AT91SAM3U 29/may/2009 datasheet,
4624 document id: doc6430A] and decodes the values. @emph{Second} it reads the
4625 various clock configuration registers and attempts to display how it
4626 believes the chip is configured. By default, the SLOWCLK is assumed to
4627 be 32768 Hz, see the command @command{at91sam3 slowclk}.
4628 @end deffn
4629
4630 @deffn Command {at91sam3 slowclk} [value]
4631 This command shows/sets the slow clock frequency used in the
4632 @command{at91sam3 info} command calculations above.
4633 @end deffn
4634 @end deffn
4635
4636 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam4
4637 @cindex at91sam4
4638 All members of the AT91SAM4 microcontroller family from
4639 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M4 core.
4640 This driver uses the same cmd names/syntax as @xref{at91sam3}.
4641 @end deffn
4642
4643 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam7
4644 All members of the AT91SAM7 microcontroller family from Atmel include
4645 internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores. The driver automatically
4646 recognizes a number of these chips using the chip identification
4647 register, and autoconfigures itself.
4648
4649 @example
4650 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam7 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4651 @end example
4652
4653 For chips which are not recognized by the controller driver, you must
4654 provide additional parameters in the following order:
4655
4656 @itemize
4657 @item @var{chip_model} ... label used with @command{flash info}
4658 @item @var{banks}
4659 @item @var{sectors_per_bank}
4660 @item @var{pages_per_sector}
4661 @item @var{pages_size}
4662 @item @var{num_nvm_bits}
4663 @item @var{freq_khz} ... required if an external clock is provided,
4664 optional (but recommended) when the oscillator frequency is known
4665 @end itemize
4666
4667 It is recommended that you provide zeroes for all of those values
4668 except the clock frequency, so that everything except that frequency
4669 will be autoconfigured.
4670 Knowing the frequency helps ensure correct timings for flash access.
4671
4672 The flash controller handles erases automatically on a page (128/256 byte)
4673 basis, so explicit erase commands are not necessary for flash programming.
4674 However, there is an ``EraseAll`` command that can erase an entire flash
4675 plane (of up to 256KB), and it will be used automatically when you issue
4676 @command{flash erase_sector} or @command{flash erase_address} commands.
4677
4678 @deffn Command {at91sam7 gpnvm} bitnum (@option{set}|@option{clear})
4679 Set or clear a ``General Purpose Non-Volatile Memory'' (GPNVM)
4680 bit for the processor. Each processor has a number of such bits,
4681 used for controlling features such as brownout detection (so they
4682 are not truly general purpose).
4683 @quotation Note
4684 This assumes that the first flash bank (number 0) is associated with
4685 the appropriate at91sam7 target.
4686 @end quotation
4687 @end deffn
4688 @end deffn
4689
4690 @deffn {Flash Driver} avr
4691 The AVR 8-bit microcontrollers from Atmel integrate flash memory.
4692 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
4693 @comment - defines mass_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4694 @end deffn
4695
4696 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2000
4697 Most members of the LPC1700 and LPC2000 microcontroller families from NXP
4698 include internal flash and use Cortex-M3 (LPC1700) or ARM7TDMI (LPC2000) cores.
4699
4700 @quotation Note
4701 There are LPC2000 devices which are not supported by the @var{lpc2000}
4702 driver:
4703 The LPC2888 is supported by the @var{lpc288x} driver.
4704 The LPC29xx family is supported by the @var{lpc2900} driver.
4705 @end quotation
4706
4707 The @var{lpc2000} driver defines two mandatory and one optional parameters,
4708 which must appear in the following order:
4709
4710 @itemize
4711 @item @var{variant} ... required, may be
4712 @option{lpc2000_v1} (older LPC21xx and LPC22xx)
4713 @option{lpc2000_v2} (LPC213x, LPC214x, LPC210[123], LPC23xx and LPC24xx)
4714 or @option{lpc1700} (LPC175x and LPC176x)
4715 @item @var{clock_kHz} ... the frequency, in kiloHertz,
4716 at which the core is running
4717 @item @option{calc_checksum} ... optional (but you probably want to provide this!),
4718 telling the driver to calculate a valid checksum for the exception vector table.
4719 @quotation Note
4720 If you don't provide @option{calc_checksum} when you're writing the vector
4721 table, the boot ROM will almost certainly ignore your flash image.
4722 However, if you do provide it,
4723 with most tool chains @command{verify_image} will fail.
4724 @end quotation
4725 @end itemize
4726
4727 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4728
4729 @example
4730 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000 0x0 0x7d000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME \
4731 lpc2000_v2 14765 calc_checksum
4732 @end example
4733
4734 @deffn {Command} {lpc2000 part_id} bank
4735 Displays the four byte part identifier associated with
4736 the specified flash @var{bank}.
4737 @end deffn
4738 @end deffn
4739
4740 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc288x
4741 The LPC2888 microcontroller from NXP needs slightly different flash
4742 support from its lpc2000 siblings.
4743 The @var{lpc288x} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4744 the programming clock rate in Hz.
4745 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4746
4747 @example
4748 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc288x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 12000000
4749 @end example
4750 @end deffn
4751
4752 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2900
4753 This driver supports the LPC29xx ARM968E based microcontroller family
4754 from NXP.
4755
4756 The predefined parameters @var{base}, @var{size}, @var{chip_width} and
4757 @var{bus_width} of the @code{flash bank} command are ignored. Flash size and
4758 sector layout are auto-configured by the driver.
4759 The driver has one additional mandatory parameter: The CPU clock rate
4760 (in kHz) at the time the flash operations will take place. Most of the time this
4761 will not be the crystal frequency, but a higher PLL frequency. The
4762 @code{reset-init} event handler in the board script is usually the place where
4763 you start the PLL.
4764
4765 The driver rejects flashless devices (currently the LPC2930).
4766
4767 The EEPROM in LPC2900 devices is not mapped directly into the address space.
4768 It must be handled much more like NAND flash memory, and will therefore be
4769 handled by a separate @code{lpc2900_eeprom} driver (not yet available).
4770
4771 Sector protection in terms of the LPC2900 is handled transparently. Every time a
4772 sector needs to be erased or programmed, it is automatically unprotected.
4773 What is shown as protection status in the @code{flash info} command, is
4774 actually the LPC2900 @emph{sector security}. This is a mechanism to prevent a
4775 sector from ever being erased or programmed again. As this is an irreversible
4776 mechanism, it is handled by a special command (@code{lpc2900 secure_sector}),
4777 and not by the standard @code{flash protect} command.
4778
4779 Example for a 125 MHz clock frequency:
4780 @example
4781 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2900 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 125000
4782 @end example
4783
4784 Some @code{lpc2900}-specific commands are defined. In the following command list,
4785 the @var{bank} parameter is the bank number as obtained by the
4786 @code{flash banks} command.
4787
4788 @deffn Command {lpc2900 signature} bank
4789 Calculates a 128-bit hash value, the @emph{signature}, from the whole flash
4790 content. This is a hardware feature of the flash block, hence the calculation is
4791 very fast. You may use this to verify the content of a programmed device against
4792 a known signature.
4793 Example:
4794 @example
4795 lpc2900 signature 0
4796 signature: 0x5f40cdc8:0xc64e592e:0x10490f89:0x32a0f317
4797 @end example
4798 @end deffn
4799
4800 @deffn Command {lpc2900 read_custom} bank filename
4801 Reads the 912 bytes of customer information from the flash index sector, and
4802 saves it to a file in binary format.
4803 Example:
4804 @example
4805 lpc2900 read_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin
4806 @end example
4807 @end deffn
4808
4809 The index sector of the flash is a @emph{write-only} sector. It cannot be
4810 erased! In order to guard against unintentional write access, all following
4811 commands need to be preceeded by a successful call to the @code{password}
4812 command:
4813
4814 @deffn Command {lpc2900 password} bank password
4815 You need to use this command right before each of the following commands:
4816 @code{lpc2900 write_custom}, @code{lpc2900 secure_sector},
4817 @code{lpc2900 secure_jtag}.
4818
4819 The password string is fixed to "I_know_what_I_am_doing".
4820 Example:
4821 @example
4822 lpc2900 password 0 I_know_what_I_am_doing
4823 Potentially dangerous operation allowed in next command!
4824 @end example
4825 @end deffn
4826
4827 @deffn Command {lpc2900 write_custom} bank filename type
4828 Writes the content of the file into the customer info space of the flash index
4829 sector. The filetype can be specified with the @var{type} field. Possible values
4830 for @var{type} are: @var{bin} (binary), @var{ihex} (Intel hex format),
4831 @var{elf} (ELF binary) or @var{s19} (Motorola S-records). The file must
4832 contain a single section, and the contained data length must be exactly
4833 912 bytes.
4834 @quotation Attention
4835 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4836 @end quotation
4837 Example:
4838 @example
4839 lpc2900 write_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin bin
4840 @end example
4841 @end deffn
4842
4843 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_sector} bank first last
4844 Secures the sector range from @var{first} to @var{last} (including) against
4845 further program and erase operations. The sector security will be effective
4846 after the next power cycle.
4847 @quotation Attention
4848 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4849 @end quotation
4850 Secured sectors appear as @emph{protected} in the @code{flash info} command.
4851 Example:
4852 @example
4853 lpc2900 secure_sector 0 1 1
4854 flash info 0
4855 #0 : lpc2900 at 0x20000000, size 0x000c0000, (...)
4856 # 0: 0x00000000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4857 # 1: 0x00002000 (0x2000 8kB) protected
4858 # 2: 0x00004000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4859 @end example
4860 @end deffn
4861
4862 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_jtag} bank
4863 Irreversibly disable the JTAG port. The new JTAG security setting will be
4864 effective after the next power cycle.
4865 @quotation Attention
4866 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4867 @end quotation
4868 Examples:
4869 @example
4870 lpc2900 secure_jtag 0
4871 @end example
4872 @end deffn
4873 @end deffn
4874
4875 @deffn {Flash Driver} ocl
4876 @emph{No idea what this is, other than using some arm7/arm9 core.}
4877
4878 @example
4879 flash bank $_FLASHNAME ocl 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4880 @end example
4881 @end deffn
4882
4883 @deffn {Flash Driver} pic32mx
4884 The PIC32MX microcontrollers are based on the MIPS 4K cores,
4885 and integrate flash memory.
4886
4887 @example
4888 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4889 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1d000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4890 @end example
4891
4892 @comment numerous *disabled* commands are defined:
4893 @comment - chip_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4894 @comment - lock, unlock ... pointless given protect on/off (yes?)
4895 @comment - pgm_word ... shouldn't bank be deduced from address??
4896 Some pic32mx-specific commands are defined:
4897 @deffn Command {pic32mx pgm_word} address value bank
4898 Programs the specified 32-bit @var{value} at the given @var{address}
4899 in the specified chip @var{bank}.
4900 @end deffn
4901 @deffn Command {pic32mx unlock} bank
4902 Unlock and erase specified chip @var{bank}.
4903 This will remove any Code Protection.
4904 @end deffn
4905 @end deffn
4906
4907 @deffn {Flash Driver} stellaris
4908 All members of the Stellaris LM3Sxxx microcontroller family from
4909 Texas Instruments
4910 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4911 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4912 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4913 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stellaris mass_erase} command.
4914 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4915 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4916
4917 @example
4918 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stellaris 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4919 @end example
4920 @end deffn
4921
4922 @deffn Command {stellaris recover bank_id}
4923 Performs the @emph{Recovering a "Locked" Device} procedure to
4924 restore the flash specified by @var{bank_id} and its associated
4925 nonvolatile registers to their factory default values (erased).
4926 This is the only way to remove flash protection or re-enable
4927 debugging if that capability has been disabled.
4928
4929 Note that the final "power cycle the chip" step in this procedure
4930 must be performed by hand, since OpenOCD can't do it.
4931 @quotation Warning
4932 if more than one Stellaris chip is connected, the procedure is
4933 applied to all of them.
4934 @end quotation
4935 @end deffn
4936
4937 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32f1x
4938 All members of the STM32f1x microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4939 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4940 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4941 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4942
4943 @example
4944 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4945 @end example
4946
4947 If you have a target with dual flash banks then define the second bank
4948 as per the following example.
4949 @example
4950 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0x08080000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4951 @end example
4952
4953 Some stm32f1x-specific commands
4954 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stm32f1x mass_erase} command.
4955 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4956 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4957 are defined:
4958
4959 @deffn Command {stm32f1x lock} num
4960 Locks the entire stm32 device.
4961 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4962 @end deffn
4963
4964 @deffn Command {stm32f1x unlock} num
4965 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
4966 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4967 @end deffn
4968
4969 @deffn Command {stm32f1x options_read} num
4970 Read and display the stm32 option bytes written by
4971 the @command{stm32f1x options_write} command.
4972 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4973 @end deffn
4974
4975 @deffn Command {stm32f1x options_write} num (@option{SWWDG}|@option{HWWDG}) (@option{RSTSTNDBY}|@option{NORSTSTNDBY}) (@option{RSTSTOP}|@option{NORSTSTOP})
4976 Writes the stm32 option byte with the specified values.
4977 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4978 @end deffn
4979 @end deffn
4980
4981 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32f2x
4982 All members of the STM32f2x microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4983 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4984 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4985 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4986 @end deffn
4987
4988 @deffn {Flash Driver} str7x
4989 All members of the STR7 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4990 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4991 The @var{str7x} driver defines one mandatory parameter, @var{variant},
4992 which is either @code{STR71x}, @code{STR73x} or @code{STR75x}.
4993
4994 @example
4995 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str7x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME STR71x
4996 @end example
4997
4998 @deffn Command {str7x disable_jtag} bank
4999 Activate the Debug/Readout protection mechanism
5000 for the specified flash bank.
5001 @end deffn
5002 @end deffn
5003
5004 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9x
5005 Most members of the STR9 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
5006 include internal flash and use ARM966E cores.
5007 The str9 needs the flash controller to be configured using
5008 the @command{str9x flash_config} command prior to Flash programming.
5009
5010 @example
5011 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str9x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5012 str9x flash_config 0 4 2 0 0x80000
5013 @end example
5014
5015 @deffn Command {str9x flash_config} num bbsr nbbsr bbadr nbbadr
5016 Configures the str9 flash controller.
5017 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5018
5019 @itemize @bullet
5020 @item @var{bbsr} - Boot Bank Size register
5021 @item @var{nbbsr} - Non Boot Bank Size register
5022 @item @var{bbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
5023 @item @var{nbbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
5024 @end itemize
5025 @end deffn
5026
5027 @end deffn
5028
5029 @deffn {Flash Driver} tms470
5030 Most members of the TMS470 microcontroller family from Texas Instruments
5031 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
5032 This driver doesn't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
5033
5034 Some tms470-specific commands are defined:
5035
5036 @deffn Command {tms470 flash_keyset} key0 key1 key2 key3
5037 Saves programming keys in a register, to enable flash erase and write commands.
5038 @end deffn
5039
5040 @deffn Command {tms470 osc_mhz} clock_mhz
5041 Reports the clock speed, which is used to calculate timings.
5042 @end deffn
5043
5044 @deffn Command {tms470 plldis} (0|1)
5045 Disables (@var{1}) or enables (@var{0}) use of the PLL to speed up
5046 the flash clock.
5047 @end deffn
5048 @end deffn
5049
5050 @deffn {Flash Driver} virtual
5051 This is a special driver that maps a previously defined bank to another
5052 address. All bank settings will be copied from the master physical bank.
5053
5054 The @var{virtual} driver defines one mandatory parameters,
5055
5056 @itemize
5057 @item @var{master_bank} The bank that this virtual address refers to.
5058 @end itemize
5059
5060 So in the following example addresses 0xbfc00000 and 0x9fc00000 refer to
5061 the flash bank defined at address 0x1fc00000. Any cmds executed on
5062 the virtual banks are actually performed on the physical banks.
5063 @example
5064 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pic32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5065 flash bank vbank0 virtual 0xbfc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
5066 flash bank vbank1 virtual 0x9fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
5067 @end example
5068 @end deffn
5069
5070 @deffn {Flash Driver} fm3
5071 All members of the FM3 microcontroller family from Fujitsu
5072 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
5073 The @var{fm3} driver uses the @var{target} parameter to select the
5074 correct bank config, it can currently be one of the following:
5075 @code{mb9bfxx1.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx2.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx3.cpu},
5076 @code{mb9bfxx4.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx5.cpu} or @code{mb9bfxx6.cpu}.
5077
5078 @example
5079 flash bank $_FLASHNAME fm3 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5080 @end example
5081 @end deffn
5082
5083 @subsection str9xpec driver
5084 @cindex str9xpec
5085
5086 Here is some background info to help
5087 you better understand how this driver works. OpenOCD has two flash drivers for
5088 the str9:
5089 @enumerate
5090 @item
5091 Standard driver @option{str9x} programmed via the str9 core. Normally used for
5092 flash programming as it is faster than the @option{str9xpec} driver.
5093 @item
5094 Direct programming @option{str9xpec} using the flash controller. This is an
5095 ISC compilant (IEEE 1532) tap connected in series with the str9 core. The str9
5096 core does not need to be running to program using this flash driver. Typical use
5097 for this driver is locking/unlocking the target and programming the option bytes.
5098 @end enumerate
5099
5100 Before we run any commands using the @option{str9xpec} driver we must first disable
5101 the str9 core. This example assumes the @option{str9xpec} driver has been
5102 configured for flash bank 0.
5103 @example
5104 # assert srst, we do not want core running
5105 # while accessing str9xpec flash driver
5106 jtag_reset 0 1
5107 # turn off target polling
5108 poll off
5109 # disable str9 core
5110 str9xpec enable_turbo 0
5111 # read option bytes
5112 str9xpec options_read 0
5113 # re-enable str9 core
5114 str9xpec disable_turbo 0
5115 poll on
5116 reset halt
5117 @end example
5118 The above example will read the str9 option bytes.
5119 When performing a unlock remember that you will not be able to halt the str9 - it
5120 has been locked. Halting the core is not required for the @option{str9xpec} driver
5121 as mentioned above, just issue the commands above manually or from a telnet prompt.
5122
5123 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9xpec
5124 Only use this driver for locking/unlocking the device or configuring the option bytes.
5125 Use the standard str9 driver for programming.
5126 Before using the flash commands the turbo mode must be enabled using the
5127 @command{str9xpec enable_turbo} command.
5128
5129 Several str9xpec-specific commands are defined:
5130
5131 @deffn Command {str9xpec disable_turbo} num
5132 Restore the str9 into JTAG chain.
5133 @end deffn
5134
5135 @deffn Command {str9xpec enable_turbo} num
5136 Enable turbo mode, will simply remove the str9 from the chain and talk
5137 directly to the embedded flash controller.
5138 @end deffn
5139
5140 @deffn Command {str9xpec lock} num
5141 Lock str9 device. The str9 will only respond to an unlock command that will
5142 erase the device.
5143 @end deffn
5144
5145 @deffn Command {str9xpec part_id} num
5146 Prints the part identifier for bank @var{num}.
5147 @end deffn
5148
5149 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_cmap} num (@option{bank0}|@option{bank1})
5150 Configure str9 boot bank.
5151 @end deffn
5152
5153 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdsel} num (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
5154 Configure str9 lvd source.
5155 @end deffn
5156
5157 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdthd} num (@option{2.4v}|@option{2.7v})
5158 Configure str9 lvd threshold.
5159 @end deffn
5160
5161 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdwarn} bank (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
5162 Configure str9 lvd reset warning source.
5163 @end deffn
5164
5165 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_read} num
5166 Read str9 option bytes.
5167 @end deffn
5168
5169 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_write} num
5170 Write str9 option bytes.
5171 @end deffn
5172
5173 @deffn Command {str9xpec unlock} num
5174 unlock str9 device.
5175 @end deffn
5176
5177 @end deffn
5178
5179
5180 @section mFlash
5181
5182 @subsection mFlash Configuration
5183 @cindex mFlash Configuration
5184
5185 @deffn {Config Command} {mflash bank} soc base RST_pin target
5186 Configures a mflash for @var{soc} host bank at
5187 address @var{base}.
5188 The pin number format depends on the host GPIO naming convention.
5189 Currently, the mflash driver supports s3c2440 and pxa270.
5190
5191 Example for s3c2440 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO B1:
5192
5193 @example
5194 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME s3c2440 0x10000000 1b 0
5195 @end example
5196
5197 Example for pxa270 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO 43:
5198
5199 @example
5200 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME pxa270 0x08000000 43 0
5201 @end example
5202 @end deffn
5203
5204 @subsection mFlash commands
5205 @cindex mFlash commands
5206
5207 @deffn Command {mflash config pll} frequency
5208 Configure mflash PLL.
5209 The @var{frequency} is the mflash input frequency, in Hz.
5210 Issuing this command will erase mflash's whole internal nand and write new pll.
5211 After this command, mflash needs power-on-reset for normal operation.
5212 If pll was newly configured, storage and boot(optional) info also need to be update.
5213 @end deffn
5214
5215 @deffn Command {mflash config boot}
5216 Configure bootable option.
5217 If bootable option is set, mflash offer the first 8 sectors
5218 (4kB) for boot.
5219 @end deffn
5220
5221 @deffn Command {mflash config storage}
5222 Configure storage information.
5223 For the normal storage operation, this information must be
5224 written.
5225 @end deffn
5226
5227 @deffn Command {mflash dump} num filename offset size
5228 Dump @var{size} bytes, starting at @var{offset} bytes from the
5229 beginning of the bank @var{num}, to the file named @var{filename}.
5230 @end deffn
5231
5232 @deffn Command {mflash probe}
5233 Probe mflash.
5234 @end deffn
5235
5236 @deffn Command {mflash write} num filename offset
5237 Write the binary file @var{filename} to mflash bank @var{num}, starting at
5238 @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
5239 @end deffn
5240
5241 @node NAND Flash Commands
5242 @chapter NAND Flash Commands
5243 @cindex NAND
5244
5245 Compared to NOR or SPI flash, NAND devices are inexpensive
5246 and high density. Today's NAND chips, and multi-chip modules,
5247 commonly hold multiple GigaBytes of data.
5248
5249 NAND chips consist of a number of ``erase blocks'' of a given
5250 size (such as 128 KBytes), each of which is divided into a
5251 number of pages (of perhaps 512 or 2048 bytes each). Each
5252 page of a NAND flash has an ``out of band'' (OOB) area to hold
5253 Error Correcting Code (ECC) and other metadata, usually 16 bytes
5254 of OOB for every 512 bytes of page data.
5255
5256 One key characteristic of NAND flash is that its error rate
5257 is higher than that of NOR flash. In normal operation, that
5258 ECC is used to correct and detect errors. However, NAND
5259 blocks can also wear out and become unusable; those blocks
5260 are then marked "bad". NAND chips are even shipped from the
5261 manufacturer with a few bad blocks. The highest density chips
5262 use a technology (MLC) that wears out more quickly, so ECC
5263 support is increasingly important as a way to detect blocks
5264 that have begun to fail, and help to preserve data integrity
5265 with techniques such as wear leveling.
5266
5267 Software is used to manage the ECC. Some controllers don't
5268 support ECC directly; in those cases, software ECC is used.
5269 Other controllers speed up the ECC calculations with hardware.
5270 Single-bit error correction hardware is routine. Controllers
5271 geared for newer MLC chips may correct 4 or more errors for
5272 every 512 bytes of data.
5273
5274 You will need to make sure that any data you write using
5275 OpenOCD includes the apppropriate kind of ECC. For example,
5276 that may mean passing the @code{oob_softecc} flag when
5277 writing NAND data, or ensuring that the correct hardware
5278 ECC mode is used.
5279
5280 The basic steps for using NAND devices include:
5281 @enumerate
5282 @item Declare via the command @command{nand device}
5283 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
5284 passing parameters as needed by the controller.
5285 @item Configure each device using @command{nand probe}.
5286 @* Do this only after the associated target is set up,
5287 such as in its reset-init script or in procures defined
5288 to access that device.
5289 @item Operate on the flash via @command{nand subcommand}
5290 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
5291 via a script in some automated way. Common task include writing a
5292 boot loader, operating system, or other data needed to initialize or
5293 de-brick a board.
5294 @end enumerate
5295
5296 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, the largest NAND
5297 flash fully supported by OpenOCD is 2 GiBytes (16 GiBits).
5298 This is because the variables used to hold offsets and lengths
5299 are only 32 bits wide.
5300 (Larger chips may work in some cases, unless an offset or length
5301 is larger than 0xffffffff, the largest 32-bit unsigned integer.)
5302 Some larger devices will work, since they are actually multi-chip
5303 modules with two smaller chips and individual chipselect lines.
5304
5305 @anchor{NAND Configuration}
5306 @section NAND Configuration Commands
5307 @cindex NAND configuration
5308
5309 NAND chips must be declared in configuration scripts,
5310 plus some additional configuration that's done after
5311 OpenOCD has initialized.
5312
5313 @deffn {Config Command} {nand device} name driver target [configparams...]
5314 Declares a NAND device, which can be read and written to
5315 after it has been configured through @command{nand probe}.
5316 In OpenOCD, devices are single chips; this is unlike some
5317 operating systems, which may manage multiple chips as if
5318 they were a single (larger) device.
5319 In some cases, configuring a device will activate extra
5320 commands; see the controller-specific documentation.
5321
5322 @b{NOTE:} This command is not available after OpenOCD
5323 initialization has completed. Use it in board specific
5324 configuration files, not interactively.
5325
5326 @itemize @bullet
5327 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the NAND bank
5328 in most other NAND commands. A number is also available.
5329 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the NAND controller driver
5330 associated with the NAND device being declared.
5331 @xref{NAND Driver List}.
5332 @item @var{target} ... names the target used when issuing
5333 commands to the NAND controller.
5334 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
5335 @item @var{configparams} ... controllers may support, or require,
5336 additional parameters. See the controller-specific documentation
5337 for more information.
5338 @end itemize
5339 @end deffn
5340
5341 @deffn Command {nand list}
5342 Prints a summary of each device declared
5343 using @command{nand device}, numbered from zero.
5344 Note that un-probed devices show no details.
5345 @example
5346 > nand list
5347 #0: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5348 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5349 #1: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5350 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5351 >
5352 @end example
5353 @end deffn
5354
5355 @deffn Command {nand probe} num
5356 Probes the specified device to determine key characteristics
5357 like its page and block sizes, and how many blocks it has.
5358 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5359 You must (successfully) probe a device before you can use
5360 it with most other NAND commands.
5361 @end deffn
5362
5363 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to NAND Flash
5364
5365 @deffn Command {nand dump} num filename offset length [oob_option]
5366 @cindex NAND reading
5367 Reads binary data from the NAND device and writes it to the file,
5368 starting at the specified offset.
5369 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5370
5371 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5372 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5373
5374 The @var{offset} and @var{length} must be exact multiples of the
5375 device's page size. They describe a data region; the OOB data
5376 associated with each such page may also be accessed.
5377
5378 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, no error correction
5379 was done on the data that's read, unless raw access was disabled
5380 and the underlying NAND controller driver had a @code{read_page}
5381 method which handled that error correction.
5382
5383 By default, only page data is saved to the specified file.
5384 Use an @var{oob_option} parameter to save OOB data:
5385 @itemize @bullet
5386 @item no oob_* parameter
5387 @*Output file holds only page data; OOB is discarded.
5388 @item @code{oob_raw}
5389 @*Output file interleaves page data and OOB data;
5390 the file will be longer than "length" by the size of the
5391 spare areas associated with each data page.
5392 Note that this kind of "raw" access is different from
5393 what's implied by @command{nand raw_access}, which just
5394 controls whether a hardware-aware access method is used.
5395 @item @code{oob_only}
5396 @*Output file has only raw OOB data, and will
5397 be smaller than "length" since it will contain only the
5398 spare areas associated with each data page.
5399 @end itemize
5400 @end deffn
5401
5402 @deffn Command {nand erase} num [offset length]
5403 @cindex NAND erasing
5404 @cindex NAND programming
5405 Erases blocks on the specified NAND device, starting at the
5406 specified @var{offset} and continuing for @var{length} bytes.
5407 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5408 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5409 If those parameters are not specified,
5410 the whole NAND chip will be erased.
5411 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5412
5413 @b{NOTE:} This command will try to erase bad blocks, when told
5414 to do so, which will probably invalidate the manufacturer's bad
5415 block marker.
5416 For the remainder of the current server session, @command{nand info}
5417 will still report that the block ``is'' bad.
5418 @end deffn
5419
5420 @deffn Command {nand write} num filename offset [option...]
5421 @cindex NAND writing
5422 @cindex NAND programming
5423 Writes binary data from the file into the specified NAND device,
5424 starting at the specified offset. Those pages should already
5425 have been erased; you can't change zero bits to one bits.
5426 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5427
5428 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5429 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5430
5431 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5432 All data in the file will be written, assuming it doesn't run
5433 past the end of the device.
5434 Only full pages are written, and any extra space in the last
5435 page will be filled with 0xff bytes. (That includes OOB data,
5436 if that's being written.)
5437
5438 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, bad blocks are
5439 ignored. That is, this routine will not skip bad blocks,
5440 but will instead try to write them. This can cause problems.
5441
5442 Provide at most one @var{option} parameter. With some
5443 NAND drivers, the meanings of these parameters may change
5444 if @command{nand raw_access} was used to disable hardware ECC.
5445 @itemize @bullet
5446 @item no oob_* parameter
5447 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5448 If raw acccess is in use, the OOB area will not be written.
5449 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5450 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may write the OOB
5451 with hardware-computed ECC data.
5452 @item @code{oob_only}
5453 @*File has only raw OOB data, which is written to the OOB area.
5454 Each page's data area stays untouched. @i{This can be a dangerous
5455 option}, since it can invalidate the ECC data.
5456 You may need to force raw access to use this mode.
5457 @item @code{oob_raw}
5458 @*File interleaves data and OOB data, both of which are written
5459 If raw access is enabled, the data is written first, then the
5460 un-altered OOB.
5461 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5462 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may modify the OOB
5463 before it's written, to include hardware-computed ECC data.
5464 @item @code{oob_softecc}
5465 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5466 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a standard 1-bit
5467 software ECC code stored in conventional locations.
5468 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5469 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5470 @item @code{oob_softecc_kw}
5471 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5472 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a 4-bit software ECC
5473 specific to the boot ROM in Marvell Kirkwood SoCs.
5474 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5475 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5476 @end itemize
5477 @end deffn
5478
5479 @deffn Command {nand verify} num filename offset [option...]
5480 @cindex NAND verification
5481 @cindex NAND programming
5482 Verify the binary data in the file has been programmed to the
5483 specified NAND device, starting at the specified offset.
5484 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5485
5486 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5487 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5488
5489 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5490 All data in the file will be read and compared to the contents of the
5491 flash, assuming it doesn't run past the end of the device.
5492 As with @command{nand write}, only full pages are verified, so any extra
5493 space in the last page will be filled with 0xff bytes.
5494
5495 The same @var{options} accepted by @command{nand write},
5496 and the file will be processed similarly to produce the buffers that
5497 can be compared against the contents produced from @command{nand dump}.
5498
5499 @b{NOTE:} This will not work when the underlying NAND controller
5500 driver's @code{write_page} routine must update the OOB with a
5501 hardward-computed ECC before the data is written. This limitation may
5502 be removed in a future release.
5503 @end deffn
5504
5505 @section Other NAND commands
5506 @cindex NAND other commands
5507
5508 @deffn Command {nand check_bad_blocks} num [offset length]
5509 Checks for manufacturer bad block markers on the specified NAND
5510 device. If no parameters are provided, checks the whole
5511 device; otherwise, starts at the specified @var{offset} and
5512 continues for @var{length} bytes.
5513 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5514 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5515 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5516
5517 @b{NOTE:} Before using this command you should force raw access
5518 with @command{nand raw_access enable} to ensure that the underlying
5519 driver will not try to apply hardware ECC.
5520 @end deffn
5521
5522 @deffn Command {nand info} num
5523 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5524 This prints the one-line summary from "nand list", plus for
5525 devices which have been probed this also prints any known
5526 status for each block.
5527 @end deffn
5528
5529 @deffn Command {nand raw_access} num (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5530 Sets or clears an flag affecting how page I/O is done.
5531 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5532
5533 This flag is cleared (disabled) by default, but changing that
5534 value won't affect all NAND devices. The key factor is whether
5535 the underlying driver provides @code{read_page} or @code{write_page}
5536 methods. If it doesn't provide those methods, the setting of
5537 this flag is irrelevant; all access is effectively ``raw''.
5538
5539 When those methods exist, they are normally used when reading
5540 data (@command{nand dump} or reading bad block markers) or
5541 writing it (@command{nand write}). However, enabling
5542 raw access (setting the flag) prevents use of those methods,
5543 bypassing hardware ECC logic.
5544 @i{This can be a dangerous option}, since writing blocks
5545 with the wrong ECC data can cause them to be marked as bad.
5546 @end deffn
5547
5548 @anchor{NAND Driver List}
5549 @section NAND Driver List
5550 As noted above, the @command{nand device} command allows
5551 driver-specific options and behaviors.
5552 Some controllers also activate controller-specific commands.
5553
5554 @deffn {NAND Driver} at91sam9
5555 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on AT91SAM9 family chips from
5556 Atmel. It takes two extra parameters: address of the NAND chip;
5557 address of the ECC controller.
5558 @example
5559 nand device $NANDFLASH at91sam9 $CHIPNAME 0x40000000 0xfffffe800
5560 @end example
5561 AT91SAM9 chips support single-bit ECC hardware. The @code{write_page} and
5562 @code{read_page} methods are used to utilize the ECC hardware unless they are
5563 disabled by using the @command{nand raw_access} command. There are four
5564 additional commands that are needed to fully configure the AT91SAM9 NAND
5565 controller. Two are optional; most boards use the same wiring for ALE/CLE:
5566 @deffn Command {at91sam9 cle} num addr_line
5567 Configure the address line used for latching commands. The @var{num}
5568 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5569 @end deffn
5570 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ale} num addr_line
5571 Configure the address line used for latching addresses. The @var{num}
5572 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5573 @end deffn
5574
5575 For the next two commands, it is assumed that the pins have already been
5576 properly configured for input or output.
5577 @deffn Command {at91sam9 rdy_busy} num pio_base_addr pin
5578 Configure the RDY/nBUSY input from the NAND device. The @var{num}
5579 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5580 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5581 @end deffn
5582 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ce} num pio_base_addr pin
5583 Configure the chip enable input to the NAND device. The @var{num}
5584 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5585 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5586 @end deffn
5587 @end deffn
5588
5589 @deffn {NAND Driver} davinci
5590 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on DaVinci family
5591 chips from Texas Instruments.
5592 It takes three extra parameters:
5593 address of the NAND chip;
5594 hardware ECC mode to use (@option{hwecc1},
5595 @option{hwecc4}, @option{hwecc4_infix});
5596 address of the AEMIF controller on this processor.
5597 @example
5598 nand device davinci dm355.arm 0x02000000 hwecc4 0x01e10000
5599 @end example
5600 All DaVinci processors support the single-bit ECC hardware,
5601 and newer ones also support the four-bit ECC hardware.
5602 The @code{write_page} and @code{read_page} methods are used
5603 to implement those ECC modes, unless they are disabled using
5604 the @command{nand raw_access} command.
5605 @end deffn
5606
5607 @deffn {NAND Driver} lpc3180
5608 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5609 parameter: the clock rate used by the controller.
5610 @deffn Command {lpc3180 select} num [mlc|slc]
5611 Configures use of the MLC or SLC controller mode.
5612 MLC implies use of hardware ECC.
5613 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5614 @end deffn
5615
5616 At this writing, this driver includes @code{write_page}
5617 and @code{read_page} methods. Using @command{nand raw_access}
5618 to disable those methods will prevent use of hardware ECC
5619 in the MLC controller mode, but won't change SLC behavior.
5620 @end deffn
5621 @comment current lpc3180 code won't issue 5-byte address cycles
5622
5623 @deffn {NAND Driver} mx3
5624 This driver handles the NAND controller in i.MX31. The mxc driver
5625 should work for this chip aswell.
5626 @end deffn
5627
5628 @deffn {NAND Driver} mxc
5629 This driver handles the NAND controller found in Freescale i.MX
5630 chips. It has support for v1 (i.MX27 and i.MX31) and v2 (i.MX35).
5631 The driver takes 3 extra arguments, chip (@option{mx27},
5632 @option{mx31}, @option{mx35}), ecc (@option{noecc}, @option{hwecc})
5633 and optionally if bad block information should be swapped between
5634 main area and spare area (@option{biswap}), defaults to off.
5635 @example
5636 nand device mx35.nand mxc imx35.cpu mx35 hwecc biswap
5637 @end example
5638 @deffn Command {mxc biswap} bank_num [enable|disable]
5639 Turns on/off bad block information swaping from main area,
5640 without parameter query status.
5641 @end deffn
5642 @end deffn
5643
5644 @deffn {NAND Driver} orion
5645 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5646 parameter: the address of the controller.
5647 @example
5648 nand device orion 0xd8000000
5649 @end example
5650 These controllers don't define any specialized commands.
5651 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5652 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5653 change any behavior.
5654 @end deffn
5655
5656 @deffn {NAND Driver} s3c2410
5657 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2412
5658 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2440
5659 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2443
5660 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c6400
5661 These S3C family controllers don't have any special
5662 @command{nand device} options, and don't define any
5663 specialized commands.
5664 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5665 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5666 change any behavior.
5667 @end deffn
5668
5669 @node PLD/FPGA Commands
5670 @chapter PLD/FPGA Commands
5671 @cindex PLD
5672 @cindex FPGA
5673
5674 Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) and the more flexible
5675 Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) are both types of programmable hardware.
5676 OpenOCD can support programming them.
5677 Although PLDs are generally restrictive (cells are less functional, and
5678 there are no special purpose cells for memory or computational tasks),
5679 they share the same OpenOCD infrastructure.
5680 Accordingly, both are called PLDs here.
5681
5682 @section PLD/FPGA Configuration and Commands
5683
5684 As it does for JTAG TAPs, debug targets, and flash chips (both NOR and NAND),
5685 OpenOCD maintains a list of PLDs available for use in various commands.
5686 Also, each such PLD requires a driver.
5687
5688 They are referenced by the number shown by the @command{pld devices} command,
5689 and new PLDs are defined by @command{pld device driver_name}.
5690
5691 @deffn {Config Command} {pld device} driver_name tap_name [driver_options]
5692 Defines a new PLD device, supported by driver @var{driver_name},
5693 using the TAP named @var{tap_name}.
5694 The driver may make use of any @var{driver_options} to configure its
5695 behavior.
5696 @end deffn
5697
5698 @deffn {Command} {pld devices}
5699 Lists the PLDs and their numbers.
5700 @end deffn
5701
5702 @deffn {Command} {pld load} num filename
5703 Loads the file @file{filename} into the PLD identified by @var{num}.
5704 The file format must be inferred by the driver.
5705 @end deffn
5706
5707 @section PLD/FPGA Drivers, Options, and Commands
5708
5709 Drivers may support PLD-specific options to the @command{pld device}
5710 definition command, and may also define commands usable only with
5711 that particular type of PLD.
5712
5713 @deffn {FPGA Driver} virtex2
5714 Virtex-II is a family of FPGAs sold by Xilinx.
5715 It supports the IEEE 1532 standard for In-System Configuration (ISC).
5716 No driver-specific PLD definition options are used,
5717 and one driver-specific command is defined.
5718
5719 @deffn {Command} {virtex2 read_stat} num
5720 Reads and displays the Virtex-II status register (STAT)
5721 for FPGA @var{num}.
5722 @end deffn
5723 @end deffn
5724
5725 @node General Commands
5726 @chapter General Commands
5727 @cindex commands
5728
5729 The commands documented in this chapter here are common commands that
5730 you, as a human, may want to type and see the output of. Configuration type
5731 commands are documented elsewhere.
5732
5733 Intent:
5734 @itemize @bullet
5735 @item @b{Source Of Commands}
5736 @* OpenOCD commands can occur in a configuration script (discussed
5737 elsewhere) or typed manually by a human or supplied programatically,
5738 or via one of several TCP/IP Ports.
5739
5740 @item @b{From the human}
5741 @* A human should interact with the telnet interface (default port: 4444)
5742 or via GDB (default port 3333).
5743
5744 To issue commands from within a GDB session, use the @option{monitor}
5745 command, e.g. use @option{monitor poll} to issue the @option{poll}
5746 command. All output is relayed through the GDB session.
5747
5748 @item @b{Machine Interface}
5749 The Tcl interface's intent is to be a machine interface. The default Tcl
5750 port is 5555.
5751 @end itemize
5752
5753
5754 @section Daemon Commands
5755
5756 @deffn {Command} exit
5757 Exits the current telnet session.
5758 @end deffn
5759
5760 @deffn {Command} help [string]
5761 With no parameters, prints help text for all commands.
5762 Otherwise, prints each helptext containing @var{string}.
5763 Not every command provides helptext.
5764
5765 Configuration commands, and commands valid at any time, are
5766 explicitly noted in parenthesis.
5767 In most cases, no such restriction is listed; this indicates commands
5768 which are only available after the configuration stage has completed.
5769 @end deffn
5770
5771 @deffn Command sleep msec [@option{busy}]
5772 Wait for at least @var{msec} milliseconds before resuming.
5773 If @option{busy} is passed, busy-wait instead of sleeping.
5774 (This option is strongly discouraged.)
5775 Useful in connection with script files
5776 (@command{script} command and @command{target_name} configuration).
5777 @end deffn
5778
5779 @deffn Command shutdown
5780 Close the OpenOCD daemon, disconnecting all clients (GDB, telnet, other).
5781 @end deffn
5782
5783 @anchor{debug_level}
5784 @deffn Command debug_level [n]
5785 @cindex message level
5786 Display debug level.
5787 If @var{n} (from 0..3) is provided, then set it to that level.
5788 This affects the kind of messages sent to the server log.
5789 Level 0 is error messages only;
5790 level 1 adds warnings;
5791 level 2 adds informational messages;
5792 and level 3 adds debugging messages.
5793 The default is level 2, but that can be overridden on
5794 the command line along with the location of that log
5795 file (which is normally the server's standard output).
5796 @xref{Running}.
5797 @end deffn
5798
5799 @deffn Command echo [-n] message
5800 Logs a message at "user" priority.
5801 Output @var{message} to stdout.
5802 Option "-n" suppresses trailing newline.
5803 @example
5804 echo "Downloading kernel -- please wait"
5805 @end example
5806 @end deffn
5807
5808 @deffn Command log_output [filename]
5809 Redirect logging to @var{filename};
5810 the initial log output channel is stderr.
5811 @end deffn
5812
5813 @deffn Command add_script_search_dir [directory]
5814 Add @var{directory} to the file/script search path.
5815 @end deffn
5816
5817 @anchor{Target State handling}
5818 @section Target State handling
5819 @cindex reset
5820 @cindex halt
5821 @cindex target initialization
5822
5823 In this section ``target'' refers to a CPU configured as
5824 shown earlier (@pxref{CPU Configuration}).
5825 These commands, like many, implicitly refer to
5826 a current target which is used to perform the
5827 various operations. The current target may be changed
5828 by using @command{targets} command with the name of the
5829 target which should become current.
5830
5831 @deffn Command reg [(number|name) [value]]
5832 Access a single register by @var{number} or by its @var{name}.
5833 The target must generally be halted before access to CPU core
5834 registers is allowed. Depending on the hardware, some other
5835 registers may be accessible while the target is running.
5836
5837 @emph{With no arguments}:
5838 list all available registers for the current target,
5839 showing number, name, size, value, and cache status.
5840 For valid entries, a value is shown; valid entries
5841 which are also dirty (and will be written back later)
5842 are flagged as such.
5843
5844 @emph{With number/name}: display that register's value.
5845
5846 @emph{With both number/name and value}: set register's value.
5847 Writes may be held in a writeback cache internal to OpenOCD,
5848 so that setting the value marks the register as dirty instead
5849 of immediately flushing that value. Resuming CPU execution
5850 (including by single stepping) or otherwise activating the
5851 relevant module will flush such values.
5852
5853 Cores may have surprisingly many registers in their
5854 Debug and trace infrastructure:
5855
5856 @example
5857 > reg
5858 ===== ARM registers
5859 (0) r0 (/32): 0x0000D3C2 (dirty)
5860 (1) r1 (/32): 0xFD61F31C
5861 (2) r2 (/32)
5862 ...
5863 (164) ETM_contextid_comparator_mask (/32)
5864 >
5865 @end example
5866 @end deffn
5867
5868 @deffn Command halt [ms]
5869 @deffnx Command wait_halt [ms]
5870 The @command{halt} command first sends a halt request to the target,
5871 which @command{wait_halt} doesn't.
5872 Otherwise these behave the same: wait up to @var{ms} milliseconds,
5873 or 5 seconds if there is no parameter, for the target to halt
5874 (and enter debug mode).
5875 Using 0 as the @var{ms} parameter prevents OpenOCD from waiting.
5876
5877 @quotation Warning
5878 On ARM cores, software using the @emph{wait for interrupt} operation
5879 often blocks the JTAG access needed by a @command{halt} command.
5880 This is because that operation also puts the core into a low
5881 power mode by gating the core clock;
5882 but the core clock is needed to detect JTAG clock transitions.
5883
5884 One partial workaround uses adaptive clocking: when the core is
5885 interrupted the operation completes, then JTAG clocks are accepted
5886 at least until the interrupt handler completes.
5887 However, this workaround is often unusable since the processor, board,
5888 and JTAG adapter must all support adaptive JTAG clocking.
5889 Also, it can't work until an interrupt is issued.
5890
5891 A more complete workaround is to not use that operation while you
5892 work with a JTAG debugger.
5893 Tasking environments generaly have idle loops where the body is the
5894 @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
5895 (On older cores, it is a coprocessor action;
5896 newer cores have a @option{wfi} instruction.)
5897 Such loops can just remove that operation, at the cost of higher
5898 power consumption (because the CPU is needlessly clocked).
5899 @end quotation
5900
5901 @end deffn
5902
5903 @deffn Command resume [address]
5904 Resume the target at its current code position,
5905 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5906 OpenOCD will wait 5 seconds for the target to resume.
5907 @end deffn
5908
5909 @deffn Command step [address]
5910 Single-step the target at its current code position,
5911 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5912 @end deffn
5913
5914 @anchor{Reset Command}
5915 @deffn Command reset
5916 @deffnx Command {reset run}
5917 @deffnx Command {reset halt}
5918 @deffnx Command {reset init}
5919 Perform as hard a reset as possible, using SRST if possible.
5920 @emph{All defined targets will be reset, and target
5921 events will fire during the reset sequence.}
5922
5923 The optional parameter specifies what should
5924 happen after the reset.
5925 If there is no parameter, a @command{reset run} is executed.
5926 The other options will not work on all systems.
5927 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
5928
5929 @itemize @minus
5930 @item @b{run} Let the target run
5931 @item @b{halt} Immediately halt the target
5932 @item @b{init} Immediately halt the target, and execute the reset-init script
5933 @end itemize
5934 @end deffn
5935
5936 @deffn Command soft_reset_halt
5937 Requesting target halt and executing a soft reset. This is often used
5938 when a target cannot be reset and halted. The target, after reset is
5939 released begins to execute code. OpenOCD attempts to stop the CPU and
5940 then sets the program counter back to the reset vector. Unfortunately
5941 the code that was executed may have left the hardware in an unknown
5942 state.
5943 @end deffn
5944
5945 @section I/O Utilities
5946
5947 These commands are available when
5948 OpenOCD is built with @option{--enable-ioutil}.
5949 They are mainly useful on embedded targets,
5950 notably the ZY1000.
5951 Hosts with operating systems have complementary tools.
5952
5953 @emph{Note:} there are several more such commands.
5954
5955 @deffn Command append_file filename [string]*
5956 Appends the @var{string} parameters to
5957 the text file @file{filename}.
5958 Each string except the last one is followed by one space.
5959 The last string is followed by a newline.
5960 @end deffn
5961
5962 @deffn Command cat filename
5963 Reads and displays the text file @file{filename}.
5964 @end deffn
5965
5966 @deffn Command cp src_filename dest_filename
5967 Copies contents from the file @file{src_filename}
5968 into @file{dest_filename}.
5969 @end deffn
5970
5971 @deffn Command ip
5972 @emph{No description provided.}
5973 @end deffn
5974
5975 @deffn Command ls
5976 @emph{No description provided.}
5977 @end deffn
5978
5979 @deffn Command mac
5980 @emph{No description provided.}
5981 @end deffn
5982
5983 @deffn Command meminfo
5984 Display available RAM memory on OpenOCD host.
5985 Used in OpenOCD regression testing scripts.
5986 @end deffn
5987
5988 @deffn Command peek
5989 @emph{No description provided.}
5990 @end deffn
5991
5992 @deffn Command poke
5993 @emph{No description provided.}
5994 @end deffn
5995
5996 @deffn Command rm filename
5997 @c "rm" has both normal and Jim-level versions??
5998 Unlinks the file @file{filename}.
5999 @end deffn
6000
6001 @deffn Command trunc filename
6002 Removes all data in the file @file{filename}.
6003 @end deffn
6004
6005 @anchor{Memory access}
6006 @section Memory access commands
6007 @cindex memory access
6008
6009 These commands allow accesses of a specific size to the memory
6010 system. Often these are used to configure the current target in some
6011 special way. For example - one may need to write certain values to the
6012 SDRAM controller to enable SDRAM.
6013
6014 @enumerate
6015 @item Use the @command{targets} (plural) command
6016 to change the current target.
6017 @item In system level scripts these commands are deprecated.
6018 Please use their TARGET object siblings to avoid making assumptions
6019 about what TAP is the current target, or about MMU configuration.
6020 @end enumerate
6021
6022 @deffn Command mdw [phys] addr [count]
6023 @deffnx Command mdh [phys] addr [count]
6024 @deffnx Command mdb [phys] addr [count]
6025 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
6026 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
6027 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
6028 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
6029 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
6030 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
6031 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
6032 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
6033 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
6034 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
6035 @end deffn
6036
6037 @deffn Command mww [phys] addr word
6038 @deffnx Command mwh [phys] addr halfword
6039 @deffnx Command mwb [phys] addr byte
6040 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
6041 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) value,
6042 at the specified address @var{addr}.
6043 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
6044 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
6045 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
6046 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
6047 @end deffn
6048
6049
6050 @anchor{Image access}
6051 @section Image loading commands
6052 @cindex image loading
6053 @cindex image dumping
6054
6055 @anchor{dump_image}
6056 @deffn Command {dump_image} filename address size
6057 Dump @var{size} bytes of target memory starting at @var{address} to the
6058 binary file named @var{filename}.
6059 @end deffn
6060
6061 @deffn Command {fast_load}
6062 Loads an image stored in memory by @command{fast_load_image} to the
6063 current target. Must be preceeded by fast_load_image.
6064 @end deffn
6065
6066 @deffn Command {fast_load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}|@option{s19}]
6067 Normally you should be using @command{load_image} or GDB load. However, for
6068 testing purposes or when I/O overhead is significant(OpenOCD running on an embedded
6069 host), storing the image in memory and uploading the image to the target
6070 can be a way to upload e.g. multiple debug sessions when the binary does not change.
6071 Arguments are the same as @command{load_image}, but the image is stored in OpenOCD host
6072 memory, i.e. does not affect target. This approach is also useful when profiling
6073 target programming performance as I/O and target programming can easily be profiled
6074 separately.
6075 @end deffn
6076
6077 @anchor{load_image}
6078 @deffn Command {load_image} filename address [[@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}|@option{s19}] @option{min_addr} @option{max_length}]
6079 Load image from file @var{filename} to target memory offset by @var{address} from its load address.
6080 The file format may optionally be specified
6081 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, @option{elf}, or @option{s19}).
6082 In addition the following arguments may be specifed:
6083 @var{min_addr} - ignore data below @var{min_addr} (this is w.r.t. to the target's load address + @var{address})
6084 @var{max_length} - maximum number of bytes to load.
6085 @example
6086 proc load_image_bin @{fname foffset address length @} @{
6087 # Load data from fname filename at foffset offset to
6088 # target at address. Load at most length bytes.
6089 load_image $fname [expr $address - $foffset] bin $address $length
6090 @}
6091 @end example
6092 @end deffn
6093
6094 @deffn Command {test_image} filename [address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]]
6095 Displays image section sizes and addresses
6096 as if @var{filename} were loaded into target memory
6097 starting at @var{address} (defaults to zero).
6098 The file format may optionally be specified
6099 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
6100 @end deffn
6101
6102 @deffn Command {verify_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
6103 Verify @var{filename} against target memory starting at @var{address}.
6104 The file format may optionally be specified
6105 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
6106 This will first attempt a comparison using a CRC checksum, if this fails it will try a binary compare.
6107 @end deffn
6108
6109
6110 @section Breakpoint and Watchpoint commands
6111 @cindex breakpoint
6112 @cindex watchpoint
6113
6114 CPUs often make debug modules accessible through JTAG, with
6115 hardware support for a handful of code breakpoints and data
6116 watchpoints.
6117 In addition, CPUs almost always support software breakpoints.
6118
6119 @deffn Command {bp} [address len [@option{hw}]]
6120 With no parameters, lists all active breakpoints.
6121 Else sets a breakpoint on code execution starting
6122 at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
6123 This is a software breakpoint, unless @option{hw} is specified
6124 in which case it will be a hardware breakpoint.
6125
6126 (@xref{arm9 vector_catch}, or @pxref{xscale vector_catch},
6127 for similar mechanisms that do not consume hardware breakpoints.)
6128 @end deffn
6129
6130 @deffn Command {rbp} address
6131 Remove the breakpoint at @var{address}.
6132 @end deffn
6133
6134 @deffn Command {rwp} address
6135 Remove data watchpoint on @var{address}
6136 @end deffn
6137
6138 @deffn Command {wp} [address len [(@option{r}|@option{w}|@option{a}) [value [mask]]]]
6139 With no parameters, lists all active watchpoints.
6140 Else sets a data watchpoint on data from @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
6141 The watch point is an "access" watchpoint unless
6142 the @option{r} or @option{w} parameter is provided,
6143 defining it as respectively a read or write watchpoint.
6144 If a @var{value} is provided, that value is used when determining if
6145 the watchpoint should trigger. The value may be first be masked
6146 using @var{mask} to mark ``don't care'' fields.
6147 @end deffn
6148
6149 @section Misc Commands
6150
6151 @cindex profiling
6152 @deffn Command {profile} seconds filename
6153 Profiling samples the CPU's program counter as quickly as possible,
6154 which is useful for non-intrusive stochastic profiling.
6155 Saves up to 10000 sampines in @file{filename} using ``gmon.out'' format.
6156 @end deffn
6157
6158 @deffn Command {version}
6159 Displays a string identifying the version of this OpenOCD server.
6160 @end deffn
6161
6162 @deffn Command {virt2phys} virtual_address
6163 Requests the current target to map the specified @var{virtual_address}
6164 to its corresponding physical address, and displays the result.
6165 @end deffn
6166
6167 @node Architecture and Core Commands
6168 @chapter Architecture and Core Commands
6169 @cindex Architecture Specific Commands
6170 @cindex Core Specific Commands
6171
6172 Most CPUs have specialized JTAG operations to support debugging.
6173 OpenOCD packages most such operations in its standard command framework.
6174 Some of those operations don't fit well in that framework, so they are
6175 exposed here as architecture or implementation (core) specific commands.
6176
6177 @anchor{ARM Hardware Tracing}
6178 @section ARM Hardware Tracing
6179 @cindex tracing
6180 @cindex ETM
6181 @cindex ETB
6182
6183 CPUs based on ARM cores may include standard tracing interfaces,
6184 based on an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM) which sends voluminous
6185 address and data bus trace records to a ``Trace Port''.
6186
6187 @itemize
6188 @item
6189 Development-oriented boards will sometimes provide a high speed
6190 trace connector for collecting that data, when the particular CPU
6191 supports such an interface.
6192 (The standard connector is a 38-pin Mictor, with both JTAG
6193 and trace port support.)
6194 Those trace connectors are supported by higher end JTAG adapters
6195 and some logic analyzer modules; frequently those modules can
6196 buffer several megabytes of trace data.
6197 Configuring an ETM coupled to such an external trace port belongs
6198 in the board-specific configuration file.
6199 @item
6200 If the CPU doesn't provide an external interface, it probably
6201 has an ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB) on the chip, which is a
6202 dedicated SRAM. 4KBytes is one common ETB size.
6203 Configuring an ETM coupled only to an ETB belongs in the CPU-specific
6204 (target) configuration file, since it works the same on all boards.
6205 @end itemize
6206
6207 ETM support in OpenOCD doesn't seem to be widely used yet.
6208
6209 @quotation Issues
6210 ETM support may be buggy, and at least some @command{etm config}
6211 parameters should be detected by asking the ETM for them.
6212
6213 ETM trigger events could also implement a kind of complex
6214 hardware breakpoint, much more powerful than the simple
6215 watchpoint hardware exported by EmbeddedICE modules.
6216 @emph{Such breakpoints can be triggered even when using the
6217 dummy trace port driver}.
6218
6219 It seems like a GDB hookup should be possible,
6220 as well as tracing only during specific states
6221 (perhaps @emph{handling IRQ 23} or @emph{calls foo()}).
6222
6223 There should be GUI tools to manipulate saved trace data and help
6224 analyse it in conjunction with the source code.
6225 It's unclear how much of a common interface is shared
6226 with the current XScale trace support, or should be
6227 shared with eventual Nexus-style trace module support.
6228
6229 At this writing (November 2009) only ARM7, ARM9, and ARM11 support
6230 for ETM modules is available. The code should be able to
6231 work with some newer cores; but not all of them support
6232 this original style of JTAG access.
6233 @end quotation
6234
6235 @subsection ETM Configuration
6236 ETM setup is coupled with the trace port driver configuration.
6237
6238 @deffn {Config Command} {etm config} target width mode clocking driver
6239 Declares the ETM associated with @var{target}, and associates it
6240 with a given trace port @var{driver}. @xref{Trace Port Drivers}.
6241
6242 Several of the parameters must reflect the trace port capabilities,
6243 which are a function of silicon capabilties (exposed later
6244 using @command{etm info}) and of what hardware is connected to
6245 that port (such as an external pod, or ETB).
6246 The @var{width} must be either 4, 8, or 16,
6247 except with ETMv3.0 and newer modules which may also
6248 support 1, 2, 24, 32, 48, and 64 bit widths.
6249 (With those versions, @command{etm info} also shows whether
6250 the selected port width and mode are supported.)
6251
6252 The @var{mode} must be @option{normal}, @option{multiplexed},
6253 or @option{demultiplexed}.
6254 The @var{clocking} must be @option{half} or @option{full}.
6255
6256 @quotation Warning
6257 With ETMv3.0 and newer, the bits set with the @var{mode} and
6258 @var{clocking} parameters both control the mode.
6259 This modified mode does not map to the values supported by
6260 previous ETM modules, so this syntax is subject to change.
6261 @end quotation
6262
6263 @quotation Note
6264 You can see the ETM registers using the @command{reg} command.
6265 Not all possible registers are present in every ETM.
6266 Most of the registers are write-only, and are used to configure
6267 what CPU activities are traced.
6268 @end quotation
6269 @end deffn
6270
6271 @deffn Command {etm info}
6272 Displays information about the current target's ETM.
6273 This includes resource counts from the @code{ETM_CONFIG} register,
6274 as well as silicon capabilities (except on rather old modules).
6275 from the @code{ETM_SYS_CONFIG} register.
6276 @end deffn
6277
6278 @deffn Command {etm status}
6279 Displays status of the current target's ETM and trace port driver:
6280 is the ETM idle, or is it collecting data?
6281 Did trace data overflow?
6282 Was it triggered?
6283 @end deffn
6284
6285 @deffn Command {etm tracemode} [type context_id_bits cycle_accurate branch_output]
6286 Displays what data that ETM will collect.
6287 If arguments are provided, first configures that data.
6288 When the configuration changes, tracing is stopped
6289 and any buffered trace data is invalidated.
6290
6291 @itemize
6292 @item @var{type} ... describing how data accesses are traced,
6293 when they pass any ViewData filtering that that was set up.
6294 The value is one of
6295 @option{none} (save nothing),
6296 @option{data} (save data),
6297 @option{address} (save addresses),
6298 @option{all} (save data and addresses)
6299 @item @var{context_id_bits} ... 0, 8, 16, or 32
6300 @item @var{cycle_accurate} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}
6301 cycle-accurate instruction tracing.
6302 Before ETMv3, enabling this causes much extra data to be recorded.
6303 @item @var{branch_output} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}.
6304 Disable this unless you need to try reconstructing the instruction
6305 trace stream without an image of the code.
6306 @end itemize
6307 @end deffn
6308
6309 @deffn Command {etm trigger_debug} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6310 Displays whether ETM triggering debug entry (like a breakpoint) is
6311 enabled or disabled, after optionally modifying that configuration.
6312 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
6313 Any change takes effect after the next @command{etm start}.
6314
6315 By using script commands to configure ETM registers, you can make the
6316 processor enter debug state automatically when certain conditions,
6317 more complex than supported by the breakpoint hardware, happen.
6318 @end deffn
6319
6320 @subsection ETM Trace Operation
6321
6322 After setting up the ETM, you can use it to collect data.
6323 That data can be exported to files for later analysis.
6324 It can also be parsed with OpenOCD, for basic sanity checking.
6325
6326 To configure what is being traced, you will need to write
6327 various trace registers using @command{reg ETM_*} commands.
6328 For the definitions of these registers, read ARM publication
6329 @emph{IHI 0014, ``Embedded Trace Macrocell, Architecture Specification''}.
6330 Be aware that most of the relevant registers are write-only,
6331 and that ETM resources are limited. There are only a handful
6332 of address comparators, data comparators, counters, and so on.
6333
6334 Examples of scenarios you might arrange to trace include:
6335
6336 @itemize
6337 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{excluding} subroutines
6338 it calls. Use address range comparators to enable tracing
6339 for instruction access within that function's body.
6340 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{including} subroutines
6341 it calls. Use the sequencer and address comparators to activate
6342 tracing on an ``entered function'' state, then deactivate it by
6343 exiting that state when the function's exit code is invoked.
6344 @item Code flow starting at the fifth invocation of a function,
6345 combining one of the above models with a counter.
6346 @item CPU data accesses to the registers for a particular device,
6347 using address range comparators and the ViewData logic.
6348 @item Such data accesses only during IRQ handling, combining the above
6349 model with sequencer triggers which on entry and exit to the IRQ handler.
6350 @item @emph{... more}
6351 @end itemize
6352
6353 At this writing, September 2009, there are no Tcl utility
6354 procedures to help set up any common tracing scenarios.
6355
6356 @deffn Command {etm analyze}
6357 Reads trace data into memory, if it wasn't already present.
6358 Decodes and prints the data that was collected.
6359 @end deffn
6360
6361 @deffn Command {etm dump} filename
6362 Stores the captured trace data in @file{filename}.
6363 @end deffn
6364
6365 @deffn Command {etm image} filename [base_address] [type]
6366 Opens an image file.
6367 @end deffn
6368
6369 @deffn Command {etm load} filename
6370 Loads captured trace data from @file{filename}.
6371 @end deffn
6372
6373 @deffn Command {etm start}
6374 Starts trace data collection.
6375 @end deffn
6376
6377 @deffn Command {etm stop}
6378 Stops trace data collection.
6379 @end deffn
6380
6381 @anchor{Trace Port Drivers}
6382 @subsection Trace Port Drivers
6383
6384 To use an ETM trace port it must be associated with a driver.
6385
6386 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} dummy
6387 Use the @option{dummy} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6388 not connected to anything (on-chip ETB or off-chip trace connector).
6389 @emph{This driver lets OpenOCD talk to the ETM, but it does not expose
6390 any trace data collection.}
6391 @deffn {Config Command} {etm_dummy config} target
6392 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a dummy driver.
6393 @end deffn
6394 @end deffn
6395
6396 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} etb
6397 Use the @option{etb} driver if you are configuring an ETM
6398 to use on-chip ETB memory.
6399 @deffn {Config Command} {etb config} target etb_tap
6400 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with the ETB at @var{etb_tap}.
6401 You can see the ETB registers using the @command{reg} command.
6402 @end deffn
6403 @deffn Command {etb trigger_percent} [percent]
6404 This displays, or optionally changes, ETB behavior after the
6405 ETM's configured @emph{trigger} event fires.
6406 It controls how much more trace data is saved after the (single)
6407 trace trigger becomes active.
6408
6409 @itemize
6410 @item The default corresponds to @emph{trace around} usage,
6411 recording 50 percent data before the event and the rest
6412 afterwards.
6413 @item The minimum value of @var{percent} is 2 percent,
6414 recording almost exclusively data before the trigger.
6415 Such extreme @emph{trace before} usage can help figure out
6416 what caused that event to happen.
6417 @item The maximum value of @var{percent} is 100 percent,
6418 recording data almost exclusively after the event.
6419 This extreme @emph{trace after} usage might help sort out
6420 how the event caused trouble.
6421 @end itemize
6422 @c REVISIT allow "break" too -- enter debug mode.
6423 @end deffn
6424
6425 @end deffn
6426
6427 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} oocd_trace
6428 This driver isn't available unless OpenOCD was explicitly configured
6429 with the @option{--enable-oocd_trace} option. You probably don't want
6430 to configure it unless you've built the appropriate prototype hardware;
6431 it's @emph{proof-of-concept} software.
6432
6433 Use the @option{oocd_trace} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6434 connected to an off-chip trace connector.
6435
6436 @deffn {Config Command} {oocd_trace config} target tty
6437 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a trace driver which
6438 collects data through the serial port @var{tty}.
6439 @end deffn
6440
6441 @deffn Command {oocd_trace resync}
6442 Re-synchronizes with the capture clock.
6443 @end deffn
6444
6445 @deffn Command {oocd_trace status}
6446 Reports whether the capture clock is locked or not.
6447 @end deffn
6448 @end deffn
6449
6450
6451 @section Generic ARM
6452 @cindex ARM
6453
6454 These commands should be available on all ARM processors.
6455 They are available in addition to other core-specific
6456 commands that may be available.
6457
6458 @deffn Command {arm core_state} [@option{arm}|@option{thumb}]
6459 Displays the core_state, optionally changing it to process
6460 either @option{arm} or @option{thumb} instructions.
6461 The target may later be resumed in the currently set core_state.
6462 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6463 that is not currently supported in OpenOCD.)
6464 @end deffn
6465
6466 @deffn Command {arm disassemble} address [count [@option{thumb}]]
6467 @cindex disassemble
6468 Disassembles @var{count} instructions starting at @var{address}.
6469 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
6470 If @option{thumb} is specified, or the low bit of the address is set,
6471 Thumb2 (mixed 16/32-bit) instructions are used;
6472 else ARM (32-bit) instructions are used.
6473 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6474 those instructions are not currently understood by OpenOCD.)
6475
6476 Note that all Thumb instructions are Thumb2 instructions,
6477 so older processors (without Thumb2 support) will still
6478 see correct disassembly of Thumb code.
6479 Also, ThumbEE opcodes are the same as Thumb2,
6480 with a handful of exceptions.
6481 ThumbEE disassembly currently has no explicit support.
6482 @end deffn
6483
6484 @deffn Command {arm mcr} pX op1 CRn CRm op2 value
6485 Write @var{value} to a coprocessor @var{pX} register
6486 passing parameters @var{CRn},
6487 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6488 and using the MCR instruction.
6489 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6490 an ARM register.)
6491 @end deffn
6492
6493 @deffn Command {arm mrc} pX coproc op1 CRn CRm op2
6494 Read a coprocessor @var{pX} register passing parameters @var{CRn},
6495 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6496 and the MRC instruction.
6497 Returns the result so it can be manipulated by Jim scripts.
6498 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6499 an ARM register.)
6500 @end deffn
6501
6502 @deffn Command {arm reg}
6503 Display a table of all banked core registers, fetching the current value from every
6504 core mode if necessary.
6505 @end deffn
6506
6507 @deffn Command {arm semihosting} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6508 @cindex ARM semihosting
6509 Display status of semihosting, after optionally changing that status.
6510
6511 Semihosting allows for code executing on an ARM target to use the
6512 I/O facilities on the host computer i.e. the system where OpenOCD
6513 is running. The target application must be linked against a library
6514 implementing the ARM semihosting convention that forwards operation
6515 requests by using a special SVC instruction that is trapped at the
6516 Supervisor Call vector by OpenOCD.
6517 @end deffn
6518
6519 @section ARMv4 and ARMv5 Architecture
6520 @cindex ARMv4
6521 @cindex ARMv5
6522
6523 The ARMv4 and ARMv5 architectures are widely used in embedded systems,
6524 and introduced core parts of the instruction set in use today.
6525 That includes the Thumb instruction set, introduced in the ARMv4T
6526 variant.
6527
6528 @subsection ARM7 and ARM9 specific commands
6529 @cindex ARM7
6530 @cindex ARM9
6531
6532 These commands are specific to ARM7 and ARM9 cores, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T,
6533 ARM9TDMI, ARM920T or ARM926EJ-S.
6534 They are available in addition to the ARM commands,
6535 and any other core-specific commands that may be available.
6536
6537 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dbgrq} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6538 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the
6539 the EmbeddedIce DBGRQ signal to force entry into debug mode,
6540 instead of breakpoints.
6541 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6542
6543 This should be
6544 safe for all but ARM7TDMI-S cores (like NXP LPC).
6545 This feature is enabled by default on most ARM9 cores,
6546 including ARM9TDMI, ARM920T, and ARM926EJ-S.
6547 @end deffn
6548
6549 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dcc_downloads} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6550 @cindex DCC
6551 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the debug communications
6552 channel (DCC) to write larger (>128 byte) amounts of memory.
6553 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6554
6555 DCC downloads offer a huge speed increase, but might be
6556 unsafe, especially with targets running at very low speeds. This command was introduced
6557 with OpenOCD rev. 60, and requires a few bytes of working area.
6558 @end deffn
6559
6560 @anchor{arm7_9 fast_memory_access}
6561 @deffn Command {arm7_9 fast_memory_access} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6562 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of memory writes and reads
6563 that don't check completion of the operation.
6564 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6565
6566 This provides a huge speed increase, especially with USB JTAG
6567 cables (FT2232), but might be unsafe if used with targets running at very low
6568 speeds, like the 32kHz startup clock of an AT91RM9200.
6569 @end deffn
6570
6571 @subsection ARM720T specific commands
6572 @cindex ARM720T
6573
6574 These commands are available to ARM720T based CPUs,
6575 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6576 based on the ARM7TDMI-S integer core.
6577 They are available in addition to the ARM and ARM7/ARM9 commands.
6578
6579 @deffn Command {arm720t cp15} opcode [value]
6580 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6581 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6582
6583 Display cp15 register returned by the ARM instruction @var{opcode};
6584 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6585 The @var{opcode} should be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction.
6586 @end deffn
6587
6588 @subsection ARM9 specific commands
6589 @cindex ARM9
6590
6591 ARM9-family cores are built around ARM9TDMI or ARM9E (including ARM9EJS)
6592 integer processors.
6593 Such cores include the ARM920T, ARM926EJ-S, and ARM966.
6594
6595 @c 9-june-2009: tried this on arm920t, it didn't work.
6596 @c no-params always lists nothing caught, and that's how it acts.
6597 @c 23-oct-2009: doesn't work _consistently_ ... as if the ICE
6598 @c versions have different rules about when they commit writes.
6599
6600 @anchor{arm9 vector_catch}
6601 @deffn Command {arm9 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6602 @cindex vector_catch
6603 Vector Catch hardware provides a sort of dedicated breakpoint
6604 for hardware events such as reset, interrupt, and abort.
6605 You can use this to conserve normal breakpoint resources,
6606 so long as you're not concerned with code that branches directly
6607 to those hardware vectors.
6608
6609 This always finishes by listing the current configuration.
6610 If parameters are provided, it first reconfigures the
6611 vector catch hardware to intercept
6612 @option{all} of the hardware vectors,
6613 @option{none} of them,
6614 or a list with one or more of the following:
6615 @option{reset} @option{undef} @option{swi} @option{pabt} @option{dabt}
6616 @option{irq} @option{fiq}.
6617 @end deffn
6618
6619 @subsection ARM920T specific commands
6620 @cindex ARM920T
6621
6622 These commands are available to ARM920T based CPUs,
6623 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6624 built using the ARM9TDMI integer core.
6625 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6626 and ARM9 commands.
6627
6628 @deffn Command {arm920t cache_info}
6629 Print information about the caches found. This allows to see whether your target
6630 is an ARM920T (2x16kByte cache) or ARM922T (2x8kByte cache).
6631 @end deffn
6632
6633 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15} regnum [value]
6634 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6635 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6636 This uses "physical access" and the register number is as
6637 shown in bits 38..33 of table 9-9 in the ARM920T TRM.
6638 (Not all registers can be written.)
6639 @end deffn
6640
6641 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15i} opcode [value [address]]
6642 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6643 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6644
6645 Interpreted access using ARM instruction @var{opcode}, which should
6646 be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction
6647 (as shown tables 9-11, 9-12, and 9-13 in the ARM920T TRM).
6648 If no @var{value} is provided, the result is displayed.
6649 Else if that value is written using the specified @var{address},
6650 or using zero if no other address is provided.
6651 @end deffn
6652
6653 @deffn Command {arm920t read_cache} filename
6654 Dump the content of ICache and DCache to a file named @file{filename}.
6655 @end deffn
6656
6657 @deffn Command {arm920t read_mmu} filename
6658 Dump the content of the ITLB and DTLB to a file named @file{filename}.
6659 @end deffn
6660
6661 @subsection ARM926ej-s specific commands
6662 @cindex ARM926ej-s
6663
6664 These commands are available to ARM926ej-s based CPUs,
6665 which are implementations of the ARMv5TEJ architecture
6666 based on the ARM9EJ-S integer core.
6667 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6668 and ARM9 commands.
6669
6670 The Feroceon cores also support these commands, although
6671 they are not built from ARM926ej-s designs.
6672
6673 @deffn Command {arm926ejs cache_info}
6674 Print information about the caches found.
6675 @end deffn
6676
6677 @subsection ARM966E specific commands
6678 @cindex ARM966E
6679
6680 These commands are available to ARM966 based CPUs,
6681 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6682 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6683 and ARM9 commands.
6684
6685 @deffn Command {arm966e cp15} regnum [value]
6686 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6687 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6688 The six bit @var{regnum} values are bits 37..32 from table 7-2 of the
6689 ARM966E-S TRM.
6690 There is no current control over bits 31..30 from that table,
6691 as required for BIST support.
6692 @end deffn
6693
6694 @subsection XScale specific commands
6695 @cindex XScale
6696
6697 Some notes about the debug implementation on the XScale CPUs:
6698
6699 The XScale CPU provides a special debug-only mini-instruction cache
6700 (mini-IC) in which exception vectors and target-resident debug handler
6701 code are placed by OpenOCD. In order to get access to the CPU, OpenOCD
6702 must point vector 0 (the reset vector) to the entry of the debug
6703 handler. However, this means that the complete first cacheline in the
6704 mini-IC is marked valid, which makes the CPU fetch all exception
6705 handlers from the mini-IC, ignoring the code in RAM.
6706
6707 To address this situation, OpenOCD provides the @code{xscale
6708 vector_table} command, which allows the user to explicity write
6709 individual entries to either the high or low vector table stored in
6710 the mini-IC.
6711
6712 It is recommended to place a pc-relative indirect branch in the vector
6713 table, and put the branch destination somewhere in memory. Doing so
6714 makes sure the code in the vector table stays constant regardless of
6715 code layout in memory:
6716 @example
6717 _vectors:
6718 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6719 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6720 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6721 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6722 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6723 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6724 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6725 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6726 .org 0x100
6727 .long real_reset_vector
6728 .long real_ui_handler
6729 .long real_swi_handler
6730 .long real_pf_abort
6731 .long real_data_abort
6732 .long 0 /* unused */
6733 .long real_irq_handler
6734 .long real_fiq_handler
6735 @end example
6736
6737 Alternatively, you may choose to keep some or all of the mini-IC
6738 vector table entries synced with those written to memory by your
6739 system software. The mini-IC can not be modified while the processor
6740 is executing, but for each vector table entry not previously defined
6741 using the @code{xscale vector_table} command, OpenOCD will copy the
6742 value from memory to the mini-IC every time execution resumes from a
6743 halt. This is done for both high and low vector tables (although the
6744 table not in use may not be mapped to valid memory, and in this case
6745 that copy operation will silently fail). This means that you will
6746 need to briefly halt execution at some strategic point during system
6747 start-up; e.g., after the software has initialized the vector table,
6748 but before exceptions are enabled. A breakpoint can be used to
6749 accomplish this once the appropriate location in the start-up code has
6750 been identified. A watchpoint over the vector table region is helpful
6751 in finding the location if you're not sure. Note that the same
6752 situation exists any time the vector table is modified by the system
6753 software.
6754
6755 The debug handler must be placed somewhere in the address space using
6756 the @code{xscale debug_handler} command. The allowed locations for the
6757 debug handler are either (0x800 - 0x1fef800) or (0xfe000800 -
6758 0xfffff800). The default value is 0xfe000800.
6759
6760 XScale has resources to support two hardware breakpoints and two
6761 watchpoints. However, the following restrictions on watchpoint
6762 functionality apply: (1) the value and mask arguments to the @code{wp}
6763 command are not supported, (2) the watchpoint length must be a
6764 power of two and not less than four, and can not be greater than the
6765 watchpoint address, and (3) a watchpoint with a length greater than
6766 four consumes all the watchpoint hardware resources. This means that
6767 at any one time, you can have enabled either two watchpoints with a
6768 length of four, or one watchpoint with a length greater than four.
6769
6770 These commands are available to XScale based CPUs,
6771 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6772
6773 @deffn Command {xscale analyze_trace}
6774 Displays the contents of the trace buffer.
6775 @end deffn
6776
6777 @deffn Command {xscale cache_clean_address} address
6778 Changes the address used when cleaning the data cache.
6779 @end deffn
6780
6781 @deffn Command {xscale cache_info}
6782 Displays information about the CPU caches.
6783 @end deffn
6784
6785 @deffn Command {xscale cp15} regnum [value]
6786 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6787 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6788 @end deffn
6789
6790 @deffn Command {xscale debug_handler} target address
6791 Changes the address used for the specified target's debug handler.
6792 @end deffn
6793
6794 @deffn Command {xscale dcache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6795 Enables or disable the CPU's data cache.
6796 @end deffn
6797
6798 @deffn Command {xscale dump_trace} filename
6799 Dumps the raw contents of the trace buffer to @file{filename}.
6800 @end deffn
6801
6802 @deffn Command {xscale icache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6803 Enables or disable the CPU's instruction cache.
6804 @end deffn
6805
6806 @deffn Command {xscale mmu} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6807 Enables or disable the CPU's memory management unit.
6808 @end deffn
6809
6810 @deffn Command {xscale trace_buffer} [@option{enable}|@option{disable} [@option{fill} [n] | @option{wrap}]]
6811 Displays the trace buffer status, after optionally
6812 enabling or disabling the trace buffer
6813 and modifying how it is emptied.
6814 @end deffn
6815
6816 @deffn Command {xscale trace_image} filename [offset [type]]
6817 Opens a trace image from @file{filename}, optionally rebasing
6818 its segment addresses by @var{offset}.
6819 The image @var{type} may be one of
6820 @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
6821 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19),
6822 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
6823 @end deffn
6824
6825 @anchor{xscale vector_catch}
6826 @deffn Command {xscale vector_catch} [mask]
6827 @cindex vector_catch
6828 Display a bitmask showing the hardware vectors to catch.
6829 If the optional parameter is provided, first set the bitmask to that value.
6830
6831 The mask bits correspond with bit 16..23 in the DCSR:
6832 @example
6833 0x01 Trap Reset
6834 0x02 Trap Undefined Instructions
6835 0x04 Trap Software Interrupt
6836 0x08 Trap Prefetch Abort
6837 0x10 Trap Data Abort
6838 0x20 reserved
6839 0x40 Trap IRQ
6840 0x80 Trap FIQ
6841 @end example
6842 @end deffn
6843
6844 @anchor{xscale vector_table}
6845 @deffn Command {xscale vector_table} [(@option{low}|@option{high}) index value]
6846 @cindex vector_table
6847
6848 Set an entry in the mini-IC vector table. There are two tables: one for
6849 low vectors (at 0x00000000), and one for high vectors (0xFFFF0000), each
6850 holding the 8 exception vectors. @var{index} can be 1-7, because vector 0
6851 points to the debug handler entry and can not be overwritten.
6852 @var{value} holds the 32-bit opcode that is placed in the mini-IC.
6853
6854 Without arguments, the current settings are displayed.
6855
6856 @end deffn
6857
6858 @section ARMv6 Architecture
6859 @cindex ARMv6
6860
6861 @subsection ARM11 specific commands
6862 @cindex ARM11
6863
6864 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite burst} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6865 Displays the value of the memwrite burst-enable flag,
6866 which is enabled by default.
6867 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6868 Burst writes are only used for memory writes larger than 1 word.
6869 They improve performance by assuming that the CPU has read each data
6870 word over JTAG and completed its write before the next word arrives,
6871 instead of polling for a status flag to verify that completion.
6872 This is usually safe, because JTAG runs much slower than the CPU.
6873 @end deffn
6874
6875 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite error_fatal} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6876 Displays the value of the memwrite error_fatal flag,
6877 which is enabled by default.
6878 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6879 When set, certain memory write errors cause earlier transfer termination.
6880 @end deffn
6881
6882 @deffn Command {arm11 step_irq_enable} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6883 Displays the value of the flag controlling whether
6884 IRQs are enabled during single stepping;
6885 they are disabled by default.
6886 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that.
6887 @end deffn
6888
6889 @deffn Command {arm11 vcr} [value]
6890 @cindex vector_catch
6891 Displays the value of the @emph{Vector Catch Register (VCR)},
6892 coprocessor 14 register 7.
6893 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6894
6895 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6896 for certain hardware events.
6897 The specific bit values are core-specific (as in fact is using
6898 coprocessor 14 register 7 itself) but all current ARM11
6899 cores @emph{except the ARM1176} use the same six bits.
6900 @end deffn
6901
6902 @section ARMv7 Architecture
6903 @cindex ARMv7
6904
6905 @subsection ARMv7 Debug Access Port (DAP) specific commands
6906 @cindex Debug Access Port
6907 @cindex DAP
6908 These commands are specific to ARM architecture v7 Debug Access Port (DAP),
6909 included on Cortex-M3 and Cortex-A8 systems.
6910 They are available in addition to other core-specific commands that may be available.
6911
6912 @deffn Command {dap apid} [num]
6913 Displays ID register from AP @var{num},
6914 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6915 @end deffn
6916
6917 @deffn Command {dap apsel} [num]
6918 Select AP @var{num}, defaulting to 0.
6919 @end deffn
6920
6921 @deffn Command {dap baseaddr} [num]
6922 Displays debug base address from MEM-AP @var{num},
6923 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6924 @end deffn
6925
6926 @deffn Command {dap info} [num]
6927 Displays the ROM table for MEM-AP @var{num},
6928 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6929 @end deffn
6930
6931 @deffn Command {dap memaccess} [value]
6932 Displays the number of extra tck cycles in the JTAG idle to use for MEM-AP
6933 memory bus access [0-255], giving additional time to respond to reads.
6934 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6935 @end deffn
6936
6937 @subsection Cortex-M3 specific commands
6938 @cindex Cortex-M3
6939
6940 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 maskisr} (@option{auto}|@option{on}|@option{off})
6941 Control masking (disabling) interrupts during target step/resume.
6942
6943 The @option{auto} option handles interrupts during stepping a way they get
6944 served but don't disturb the program flow. The step command first allows
6945 pending interrupt handlers to execute, then disables interrupts and steps over
6946 the next instruction where the core was halted. After the step interrupts
6947 are enabled again. If the interrupt handlers don't complete within 500ms,
6948 the step command leaves with the core running.
6949
6950 Note that a free breakpoint is required for the @option{auto} option. If no
6951 breakpoint is available at the time of the step, then the step is taken
6952 with interrupts enabled, i.e. the same way the @option{off} option does.
6953
6954 Default is @option{auto}.
6955 @end deffn
6956
6957 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6958 @cindex vector_catch
6959 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6960 for certain hardware events.
6961
6962 Parameters request interception of
6963 @option{all} of these hardware event vectors,
6964 @option{none} of them,
6965 or one or more of the following:
6966 @option{hard_err} for a HardFault exception;
6967 @option{mm_err} for a MemManage exception;
6968 @option{bus_err} for a BusFault exception;
6969 @option{irq_err},
6970 @option{state_err},
6971 @option{chk_err}, or
6972 @option{nocp_err} for various UsageFault exceptions; or
6973 @option{reset}.
6974 If NVIC setup code does not enable them,
6975 MemManage, BusFault, and UsageFault exceptions
6976 are mapped to HardFault.
6977 UsageFault checks for
6978 divide-by-zero and unaligned access
6979 must also be explicitly enabled.
6980
6981 This finishes by listing the current vector catch configuration.
6982 @end deffn
6983
6984 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 reset_config} (@option{srst}|@option{sysresetreq}|@option{vectreset})
6985 Control reset handling. The default @option{srst} is to use srst if fitted,
6986 otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
6987 @itemize @minus
6988 @item @option{srst} use hardware srst if fitted otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
6989 @item @option{sysresetreq} use NVIC SYSRESETREQ to reset system.
6990 @item @option{vectreset} use NVIC VECTRESET to reset system.
6991 @end itemize
6992 Using @option{vectreset} is a safe option for all current Cortex-M3 cores.
6993 This however has the disadvantage of only resetting the core, all peripherals
6994 are uneffected. A solution would be to use a @code{reset-init} event handler to manually reset
6995 the peripherals.
6996 @xref{Target Events}.
6997 @end deffn
6998
6999 @anchor{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}
7000 @section Software Debug Messages and Tracing
7001 @cindex Linux-ARM DCC support
7002 @cindex tracing
7003 @cindex libdcc
7004 @cindex DCC
7005 OpenOCD can process certain requests from target software, when
7006 the target uses appropriate libraries.
7007 The most powerful mechanism is semihosting, but there is also
7008 a lighter weight mechanism using only the DCC channel.
7009
7010 Currently @command{target_request debugmsgs}
7011 is supported only for @option{arm7_9} and @option{cortex_m3} cores.
7012 These messages are received as part of target polling, so
7013 you need to have @command{poll on} active to receive them.
7014 They are intrusive in that they will affect program execution
7015 times. If that is a problem, @pxref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.
7016
7017 See @file{libdcc} in the contrib dir for more details.
7018 In addition to sending strings, characters, and
7019 arrays of various size integers from the target,
7020 @file{libdcc} also exports a software trace point mechanism.
7021 The target being debugged may
7022 issue trace messages which include a 24-bit @dfn{trace point} number.
7023 Trace point support includes two distinct mechanisms,
7024 each supported by a command:
7025
7026 @itemize
7027 @item @emph{History} ... A circular buffer of trace points
7028 can be set up, and then displayed at any time.
7029 This tracks where code has been, which can be invaluable in
7030 finding out how some fault was triggered.
7031
7032 The buffer may overflow, since it collects records continuously.
7033 It may be useful to use some of the 24 bits to represent a
7034 particular event, and other bits to hold data.
7035
7036 @item @emph{Counting} ... An array of counters can be set up,
7037 and then displayed at any time.
7038 This can help establish code coverage and identify hot spots.
7039
7040 The array of counters is directly indexed by the trace point
7041 number, so trace points with higher numbers are not counted.
7042 @end itemize
7043
7044 Linux-ARM kernels have a ``Kernel low-level debugging
7045 via EmbeddedICE DCC channel'' option (CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC,
7046 depends on CONFIG_DEBUG_LL) which uses this mechanism to
7047 deliver messages before a serial console can be activated.
7048 This is not the same format used by @file{libdcc}.
7049 Other software, such as the U-Boot boot loader, sometimes
7050 does the same thing.
7051
7052 @deffn Command {target_request debugmsgs} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}|@option{charmsg}]
7053 Displays current handling of target DCC message requests.
7054 These messages may be sent to the debugger while the target is running.
7055 The optional @option{enable} and @option{charmsg} parameters
7056 both enable the messages, while @option{disable} disables them.
7057
7058 With @option{charmsg} the DCC words each contain one character,
7059 as used by Linux with CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC;
7060 otherwise the libdcc format is used.
7061 @end deffn
7062
7063 @deffn Command {trace history} [@option{clear}|count]
7064 With no parameter, displays all the trace points that have triggered
7065 in the order they triggered.
7066 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace history records.
7067 With a @var{count} parameter, allocates space for that many
7068 history records.
7069 @end deffn
7070
7071 @deffn Command {trace point} [@option{clear}|identifier]
7072 With no parameter, displays all trace point identifiers and how many times
7073 they have been triggered.
7074 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace point counters.
7075 With a numeric @var{identifier} parameter, creates a new a trace point counter
7076 and associates it with that identifier.
7077
7078 @emph{Important:} The identifier and the trace point number
7079 are not related except by this command.
7080 These trace point numbers always start at zero (from server startup,
7081 or after @command{trace point clear}) and count up from there.
7082 @end deffn
7083
7084
7085 @node JTAG Commands
7086 @chapter JTAG Commands
7087 @cindex JTAG Commands
7088 Most general purpose JTAG commands have been presented earlier.
7089 (@xref{JTAG Speed}, @ref{Reset Configuration}, and @ref{TAP Declaration}.)
7090 Lower level JTAG commands, as presented here,
7091 may be needed to work with targets which require special
7092 attention during operations such as reset or initialization.
7093
7094 To use these commands you will need to understand some
7095 of the basics of JTAG, including:
7096
7097 @itemize @bullet
7098 @item A JTAG scan chain consists of a sequence of individual TAP
7099 devices such as a CPUs.
7100 @item Control operations involve moving each TAP through the same
7101 standard state machine (in parallel)
7102 using their shared TMS and clock signals.
7103 @item Data transfer involves shifting data through the chain of
7104 instruction or data registers of each TAP, writing new register values
7105 while the reading previous ones.
7106 @item Data register sizes are a function of the instruction active in
7107 a given TAP, while instruction register sizes are fixed for each TAP.
7108 All TAPs support a BYPASS instruction with a single bit data register.
7109 @item The way OpenOCD differentiates between TAP devices is by
7110 shifting different instructions into (and out of) their instruction
7111 registers.
7112 @end itemize
7113
7114 @section Low Level JTAG Commands
7115
7116 These commands are used by developers who need to access
7117 JTAG instruction or data registers, possibly controlling
7118 the order of TAP state transitions.
7119 If you're not debugging OpenOCD internals, or bringing up a
7120 new JTAG adapter or a new type of TAP device (like a CPU or
7121 JTAG router), you probably won't need to use these commands.
7122 In a debug session that doesn't use JTAG for its transport protocol,
7123 these commands are not available.
7124
7125 @deffn Command {drscan} tap [numbits value]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
7126 Loads the data register of @var{tap} with a series of bit fields
7127 that specify the entire register.
7128 Each field is @var{numbits} bits long with
7129 a numeric @var{value} (hexadecimal encouraged).
7130 The return value holds the original value of each
7131 of those fields.
7132
7133 For example, a 38 bit number might be specified as one
7134 field of 32 bits then one of 6 bits.
7135 @emph{For portability, never pass fields which are more
7136 than 32 bits long. Many OpenOCD implementations do not
7137 support 64-bit (or larger) integer values.}
7138
7139 All TAPs other than @var{tap} must be in BYPASS mode.
7140 The single bit in their data registers does not matter.
7141
7142 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
7143 in that state.
7144 For example @sc{drpause} might be specified, so that more
7145 instructions can be issued before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
7146 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
7147
7148 @quotation Warning
7149 OpenOCD does not record information about data register lengths,
7150 so @emph{it is important that you get the bit field lengths right}.
7151 Remember that different JTAG instructions refer to different
7152 data registers, which may have different lengths.
7153 Moreover, those lengths may not be fixed;
7154 the SCAN_N instruction can change the length of
7155 the register accessed by the INTEST instruction
7156 (by connecting a different scan chain).
7157 @end quotation
7158 @end deffn
7159
7160 @deffn Command {flush_count}
7161 Returns the number of times the JTAG queue has been flushed.
7162 This may be used for performance tuning.
7163
7164 For example, flushing a queue over USB involves a
7165 minimum latency, often several milliseconds, which does
7166 not change with the amount of data which is written.
7167 You may be able to identify performance problems by finding
7168 tasks which waste bandwidth by flushing small transfers too often,
7169 instead of batching them into larger operations.
7170 @end deffn
7171
7172 @deffn Command {irscan} [tap instruction]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
7173 For each @var{tap} listed, loads the instruction register
7174 with its associated numeric @var{instruction}.
7175 (The number of bits in that instruction may be displayed
7176 using the @command{scan_chain} command.)
7177 For other TAPs, a BYPASS instruction is loaded.
7178
7179 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
7180 in that state.
7181 For example @sc{irpause} might be specified, so the data register
7182 can be loaded before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
7183 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
7184
7185 @quotation Note
7186 OpenOCD currently supports only a single field for instruction
7187 register values, unlike data register values.
7188 For TAPs where the instruction register length is more than 32 bits,
7189 portable scripts currently must issue only BYPASS instructions.
7190 @end quotation
7191 @end deffn
7192
7193 @deffn Command {jtag_reset} trst srst
7194 Set values of reset signals.
7195 The @var{trst} and @var{srst} parameter values may be
7196 @option{0}, indicating that reset is inactive (pulled or driven high),
7197 or @option{1}, indicating it is active (pulled or driven low).
7198 The @command{reset_config} command should already have been used
7199 to configure how the board and JTAG adapter treat these two
7200 signals, and to say if either signal is even present.
7201 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
7202
7203 Note that TRST is specially handled.
7204 It actually signifies JTAG's @sc{reset} state.
7205 So if the board doesn't support the optional TRST signal,
7206 or it doesn't support it along with the specified SRST value,
7207 JTAG reset is triggered with TMS and TCK signals
7208 instead of the TRST signal.
7209 And no matter how that JTAG reset is triggered, once
7210 the scan chain enters @sc{reset} with TRST inactive,
7211 TAP @code{post-reset} events are delivered to all TAPs
7212 with handlers for that event.
7213 @end deffn
7214
7215 @deffn Command {pathmove} start_state [next_state ...]
7216 Start by moving to @var{start_state}, which
7217 must be one of the @emph{stable} states.
7218 Unless it is the only state given, this will often be the
7219 current state, so that no TCK transitions are needed.
7220 Then, in a series of single state transitions
7221 (conforming to the JTAG state machine) shift to
7222 each @var{next_state} in sequence, one per TCK cycle.
7223 The final state must also be stable.
7224 @end deffn
7225
7226 @deffn Command {runtest} @var{num_cycles}
7227 Move to the @sc{run/idle} state, and execute at least
7228 @var{num_cycles} of the JTAG clock (TCK).
7229 Instructions often need some time
7230 to execute before they take effect.
7231 @end deffn
7232
7233 @c tms_sequence (short|long)
7234 @c ... temporary, debug-only, other than USBprog bug workaround...
7235
7236 @deffn Command {verify_ircapture} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
7237 Verify values captured during @sc{ircapture} and returned
7238 during IR scans. Default is enabled, but this can be
7239 overridden by @command{verify_jtag}.
7240 This flag is ignored when validating JTAG chain configuration.
7241 @end deffn
7242
7243 @deffn Command {verify_jtag} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
7244 Enables verification of DR and IR scans, to help detect
7245 programming errors. For IR scans, @command{verify_ircapture}
7246 must also be enabled.
7247 Default is enabled.
7248 @end deffn
7249
7250 @section TAP state names
7251 @cindex TAP state names
7252
7253 The @var{tap_state} names used by OpenOCD in the @command{drscan},
7254 @command{irscan}, and @command{pathmove} commands are the same
7255 as those used in SVF boundary scan documents, except that
7256 SVF uses @sc{idle} instead of @sc{run/idle}.
7257
7258 @itemize @bullet
7259 @item @b{RESET} ... @emph{stable} (with TMS high);
7260 acts as if TRST were pulsed
7261 @item @b{RUN/IDLE} ... @emph{stable}; don't assume this always means IDLE
7262 @item @b{DRSELECT}
7263 @item @b{DRCAPTURE}
7264 @item @b{DRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
7265 through the data register
7266 @item @b{DREXIT1}
7267 @item @b{DRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; data register ready
7268 for update or more shifting
7269 @item @b{DREXIT2}
7270 @item @b{DRUPDATE}
7271 @item @b{IRSELECT}
7272 @item @b{IRCAPTURE}
7273 @item @b{IRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
7274 through the instruction register
7275 @item @b{IREXIT1}
7276 @item @b{IRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; instruction register ready
7277 for update or more shifting
7278 @item @b{IREXIT2}
7279 @item @b{IRUPDATE}
7280 @end itemize
7281
7282 Note that only six of those states are fully ``stable'' in the
7283 face of TMS fixed (low except for @sc{reset})
7284 and a free-running JTAG clock. For all the
7285 others, the next TCK transition changes to a new state.
7286
7287 @itemize @bullet
7288 @item From @sc{drshift} and @sc{irshift}, clock transitions will
7289 produce side effects by changing register contents. The values
7290 to be latched in upcoming @sc{drupdate} or @sc{irupdate} states
7291 may not be as expected.
7292 @item @sc{run/idle}, @sc{drpause}, and @sc{irpause} are reasonable
7293 choices after @command{drscan} or @command{irscan} commands,
7294 since they are free of JTAG side effects.
7295 @item @sc{run/idle} may have side effects that appear at non-JTAG
7296 levels, such as advancing the ARM9E-S instruction pipeline.
7297 Consult the documentation for the TAP(s) you are working with.
7298 @end itemize
7299
7300 @node Boundary Scan Commands
7301 @chapter Boundary Scan Commands
7302
7303 One of the original purposes of JTAG was to support
7304 boundary scan based hardware testing.
7305 Although its primary focus is to support On-Chip Debugging,
7306 OpenOCD also includes some boundary scan commands.
7307
7308 @section SVF: Serial Vector Format
7309 @cindex Serial Vector Format
7310 @cindex SVF
7311
7312 The Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{SVF}, is a
7313 way to represent JTAG test patterns in text files.
7314 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
7315 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
7316
7317 @deffn Command {svf} filename [@option{quiet}]
7318 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
7319 runs the SVF script from @file{filename}.
7320 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
7321 each command is logged before it is executed.
7322 @end deffn
7323
7324 @section XSVF: Xilinx Serial Vector Format
7325 @cindex Xilinx Serial Vector Format
7326 @cindex XSVF
7327
7328 The Xilinx Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{XSVF}, is a
7329 binary representation of SVF which is optimized for use with
7330 Xilinx devices.
7331 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
7332 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
7333
7334 @quotation Important
7335 Not all XSVF commands are supported.
7336 @end quotation
7337
7338 @deffn Command {xsvf} (tapname|@option{plain}) filename [@option{virt2}] [@option{quiet}]
7339 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
7340 runs the XSVF script from @file{filename}.
7341 When a @var{tapname} is specified, the commands are directed at
7342 that TAP.
7343 When @option{virt2} is specified, the @sc{xruntest} command counts
7344 are interpreted as TCK cycles instead of microseconds.
7345 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
7346 messages are logged for comments and some retries.
7347 @end deffn
7348
7349 The OpenOCD sources also include two utility scripts
7350 for working with XSVF; they are not currently installed
7351 after building the software.
7352 You may find them useful:
7353
7354 @itemize
7355 @item @emph{svf2xsvf} ... converts SVF files into the extended XSVF
7356 syntax understood by the @command{xsvf} command; see notes below.
7357 @item @emph{xsvfdump} ... converts XSVF files into a text output format;
7358 understands the OpenOCD extensions.
7359 @end itemize
7360
7361 The input format accepts a handful of non-standard extensions.
7362 These include three opcodes corresponding to SVF extensions
7363 from Lattice Semiconductor (LCOUNT, LDELAY, LDSR), and
7364 two opcodes supporting a more accurate translation of SVF
7365 (XTRST, XWAITSTATE).
7366 If @emph{xsvfdump} shows a file is using those opcodes, it
7367 probably will not be usable with other XSVF tools.
7368
7369
7370 @node TFTP
7371 @chapter TFTP
7372 @cindex TFTP
7373 If OpenOCD runs on an embedded host(as ZY1000 does), then TFTP can
7374 be used to access files on PCs (either the developer's PC or some other PC).
7375
7376 The way this works on the ZY1000 is to prefix a filename by
7377 "/tftp/ip/" and append the TFTP path on the TFTP
7378 server (tftpd). For example,
7379
7380 @example
7381 load_image /tftp/10.0.0.96/c:\temp\abc.elf
7382 @end example
7383
7384 will load c:\temp\abc.elf from the developer pc (10.0.0.96) into memory as
7385 if the file was hosted on the embedded host.
7386
7387 In order to achieve decent performance, you must choose a TFTP server
7388 that supports a packet size bigger than the default packet size (512 bytes). There
7389 are numerous TFTP servers out there (free and commercial) and you will have to do
7390 a bit of googling to find something that fits your requirements.
7391
7392 @node GDB and OpenOCD
7393 @chapter GDB and OpenOCD
7394 @cindex GDB
7395 OpenOCD complies with the remote gdbserver protocol, and as such can be used
7396 to debug remote targets.
7397 Setting up GDB to work with OpenOCD can involve several components:
7398
7399 @itemize
7400 @item The OpenOCD server support for GDB may need to be configured.
7401 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
7402 @item GDB's support for OpenOCD may need configuration,
7403 as shown in this chapter.
7404 @item If you have a GUI environment like Eclipse,
7405 that also will probably need to be configured.
7406 @end itemize
7407
7408 Of course, the version of GDB you use will need to be one which has
7409 been built to know about the target CPU you're using. It's probably
7410 part of the tool chain you're using. For example, if you are doing
7411 cross-development for ARM on an x86 PC, instead of using the native
7412 x86 @command{gdb} command you might use @command{arm-none-eabi-gdb}
7413 if that's the tool chain used to compile your code.
7414
7415 @anchor{Connecting to GDB}
7416 @section Connecting to GDB
7417 @cindex Connecting to GDB
7418 Use GDB 6.7 or newer with OpenOCD if you run into trouble. For
7419 instance GDB 6.3 has a known bug that produces bogus memory access
7420 errors, which has since been fixed; see
7421 @url{http://osdir.com/ml/gdb.bugs.discuss/2004-12/msg00018.html}
7422
7423 OpenOCD can communicate with GDB in two ways:
7424
7425 @enumerate
7426 @item
7427 A socket (TCP/IP) connection is typically started as follows:
7428 @example
7429 target remote localhost:3333
7430 @end example
7431 This would cause GDB to connect to the gdbserver on the local pc using port 3333.
7432 @item
7433 A pipe connection is typically started as follows:
7434 @example
7435 target remote | openocd -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log"
7436 @end example
7437 This would cause GDB to run OpenOCD and communicate using pipes (stdin/stdout).
7438 Using this method has the advantage of GDB starting/stopping OpenOCD for the debug
7439 session. log_output sends the log output to a file to ensure that the pipe is
7440 not saturated when using higher debug level outputs.
7441 @end enumerate
7442
7443 To list the available OpenOCD commands type @command{monitor help} on the
7444 GDB command line.
7445
7446 @section Sample GDB session startup
7447
7448 With the remote protocol, GDB sessions start a little differently
7449 than they do when you're debugging locally.
7450 Here's an examples showing how to start a debug session with a
7451 small ARM program.
7452 In this case the program was linked to be loaded into SRAM on a Cortex-M3.
7453 Most programs would be written into flash (address 0) and run from there.
7454
7455 @example
7456 $ arm-none-eabi-gdb example.elf
7457 (gdb) target remote localhost:3333
7458 Remote debugging using localhost:3333
7459 ...
7460 (gdb) monitor reset halt
7461 ...
7462 (gdb) load
7463 Loading section .vectors, size 0x100 lma 0x20000000
7464 Loading section .text, size 0x5a0 lma 0x20000100
7465 Loading section .data, size 0x18 lma 0x200006a0
7466 Start address 0x2000061c, load size 1720
7467 Transfer rate: 22 KB/sec, 573 bytes/write.
7468 (gdb) continue
7469 Continuing.
7470 ...
7471 @end example
7472
7473 You could then interrupt the GDB session to make the program break,
7474 type @command{where} to show the stack, @command{list} to show the
7475 code around the program counter, @command{step} through code,
7476 set breakpoints or watchpoints, and so on.
7477
7478 @section Configuring GDB for OpenOCD
7479
7480 OpenOCD supports the gdb @option{qSupported} packet, this enables information
7481 to be sent by the GDB remote server (i.e. OpenOCD) to GDB. Typical information includes
7482 packet size and the device's memory map.
7483 You do not need to configure the packet size by hand,
7484 and the relevant parts of the memory map should be automatically
7485 set up when you declare (NOR) flash banks.
7486
7487 However, there are other things which GDB can't currently query.
7488 You may need to set those up by hand.
7489 As OpenOCD starts up, you will often see a line reporting
7490 something like:
7491
7492 @example
7493 Info : lm3s.cpu: hardware has 6 breakpoints, 4 watchpoints
7494 @end example
7495
7496 You can pass that information to GDB with these commands:
7497
7498 @example
7499 set remote hardware-breakpoint-limit 6
7500 set remote hardware-watchpoint-limit 4
7501 @end example
7502
7503 With that particular hardware (Cortex-M3) the hardware breakpoints
7504 only work for code running from flash memory. Most other ARM systems
7505 do not have such restrictions.
7506
7507 Another example of useful GDB configuration came from a user who
7508 found that single stepping his Cortex-M3 didn't work well with IRQs
7509 and an RTOS until he told GDB to disable the IRQs while stepping:
7510
7511 @example
7512 define hook-step
7513 mon cortex_m3 maskisr on
7514 end
7515 define hookpost-step
7516 mon cortex_m3 maskisr off
7517 end
7518 @end example
7519
7520 Rather than typing such commands interactively, you may prefer to
7521 save them in a file and have GDB execute them as it starts, perhaps
7522 using a @file{.gdbinit} in your project directory or starting GDB
7523 using @command{gdb -x filename}.
7524
7525 @section Programming using GDB
7526 @cindex Programming using GDB
7527
7528 By default the target memory map is sent to GDB. This can be disabled by
7529 the following OpenOCD configuration option:
7530 @example
7531 gdb_memory_map disable
7532 @end example
7533 For this to function correctly a valid flash configuration must also be set
7534 in OpenOCD. For faster performance you should also configure a valid
7535 working area.
7536
7537 Informing GDB of the memory map of the target will enable GDB to protect any
7538 flash areas of the target and use hardware breakpoints by default. This means
7539 that the OpenOCD option @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} is not required when
7540 using a memory map. @xref{gdb_breakpoint_override}.
7541
7542 To view the configured memory map in GDB, use the GDB command @option{info mem}
7543 All other unassigned addresses within GDB are treated as RAM.
7544
7545 GDB 6.8 and higher set any memory area not in the memory map as inaccessible.
7546 This can be changed to the old behaviour by using the following GDB command
7547 @example
7548 set mem inaccessible-by-default off
7549 @end example
7550
7551 If @command{gdb_flash_program enable} is also used, GDB will be able to
7552 program any flash memory using the vFlash interface.
7553
7554 GDB will look at the target memory map when a load command is given, if any
7555 areas to be programmed lie within the target flash area the vFlash packets
7556 will be used.
7557
7558 If the target needs configuring before GDB programming, an event
7559 script can be executed:
7560 @example
7561 $_TARGETNAME configure -event EVENTNAME BODY
7562 @end example
7563
7564 To verify any flash programming the GDB command @option{compare-sections}
7565 can be used.
7566 @anchor{Using openocd SMP with GDB}
7567 @section Using openocd SMP with GDB
7568 @cindex SMP
7569 For SMP support following GDB serial protocol packet have been defined :
7570 @itemize @bullet
7571 @item j - smp status request
7572 @item J - smp set request
7573 @end itemize
7574
7575 OpenOCD implements :
7576 @itemize @bullet
7577 @item @option{jc} packet for reading core id displayed by
7578 GDB connection. Reply is @option{XXXXXXXX} (8 hex digits giving core id) or
7579 @option{E01} for target not smp.
7580 @item @option{JcXXXXXXXX} (8 hex digits) packet for setting core id displayed at next GDB continue
7581 (core id -1 is reserved for returning to normal resume mode). Reply @option{E01}
7582 for target not smp or @option{OK} on success.
7583 @end itemize
7584
7585 Handling of this packet within GDB can be done :
7586 @itemize @bullet
7587 @item by the creation of an internal variable (i.e @option{_core}) by mean
7588 of function allocate_computed_value allowing following GDB command.
7589 @example
7590 set $_core 1
7591 #Jc01 packet is sent
7592 print $_core
7593 #jc packet is sent and result is affected in $
7594 @end example
7595
7596 @item by the usage of GDB maintenance command as described in following example (2
7597 cpus in SMP with core id 0 and 1 @pxref{Define CPU targets working in SMP}).
7598
7599 @example
7600 # toggle0 : force display of coreid 0
7601 define toggle0
7602 maint packet Jc0
7603 continue
7604 main packet Jc-1
7605 end
7606 # toggle1 : force display of coreid 1
7607 define toggle1
7608 maint packet Jc1
7609 continue
7610 main packet Jc-1
7611 end
7612 @end example
7613 @end itemize
7614
7615
7616 @node Tcl Scripting API
7617 @chapter Tcl Scripting API
7618 @cindex Tcl Scripting API
7619 @cindex Tcl scripts
7620 @section API rules
7621
7622 The commands are stateless. E.g. the telnet command line has a concept
7623 of currently active target, the Tcl API proc's take this sort of state
7624 information as an argument to each proc.
7625
7626 There are three main types of return values: single value, name value
7627 pair list and lists.
7628
7629 Name value pair. The proc 'foo' below returns a name/value pair
7630 list.
7631
7632 @verbatim
7633
7634 > set foo(me) Duane
7635 > set foo(you) Oyvind
7636 > set foo(mouse) Micky
7637 > set foo(duck) Donald
7638
7639 If one does this:
7640
7641 > set foo
7642
7643 The result is:
7644
7645 me Duane you Oyvind mouse Micky duck Donald
7646
7647 Thus, to get the names of the associative array is easy:
7648
7649 foreach { name value } [set foo] {
7650 puts "Name: $name, Value: $value"
7651 }
7652 @end verbatim
7653
7654 Lists returned must be relatively small. Otherwise a range
7655 should be passed in to the proc in question.
7656
7657 @section Internal low-level Commands
7658
7659 By low-level, the intent is a human would not directly use these commands.
7660
7661 Low-level commands are (should be) prefixed with "ocd_", e.g.
7662 @command{ocd_flash_banks}
7663 is the low level API upon which @command{flash banks} is implemented.
7664
7665 @itemize @bullet
7666 @item @b{mem2array} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7667
7668 Read memory and return as a Tcl array for script processing
7669 @item @b{array2mem} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7670
7671 Convert a Tcl array to memory locations and write the values
7672 @item @b{ocd_flash_banks} <@var{driver}> <@var{base}> <@var{size}> <@var{chip_width}> <@var{bus_width}> <@var{target}> [@option{driver options} ...]
7673
7674 Return information about the flash banks
7675 @end itemize
7676
7677 OpenOCD commands can consist of two words, e.g. "flash banks". The
7678 @file{startup.tcl} "unknown" proc will translate this into a Tcl proc
7679 called "flash_banks".
7680
7681 @section OpenOCD specific Global Variables
7682
7683 Real Tcl has ::tcl_platform(), and platform::identify, and many other
7684 variables. JimTCL, as implemented in OpenOCD creates $ocd_HOSTOS which
7685 holds one of the following values:
7686
7687 @itemize @bullet
7688 @item @b{cygwin} Running under Cygwin
7689 @item @b{darwin} Darwin (Mac-OS) is the underlying operating sytem.
7690 @item @b{freebsd} Running under FreeBSD
7691 @item @b{linux} Linux is the underlying operating sytem
7692 @item @b{mingw32} Running under MingW32
7693 @item @b{winxx} Built using Microsoft Visual Studio
7694 @item @b{other} Unknown, none of the above.
7695 @end itemize
7696
7697 Note: 'winxx' was choosen because today (March-2009) no distinction is made between Win32 and Win64.
7698
7699 @quotation Note
7700 We should add support for a variable like Tcl variable
7701 @code{tcl_platform(platform)}, it should be called
7702 @code{jim_platform} (because it
7703 is jim, not real tcl).
7704 @end quotation
7705
7706 @node FAQ
7707 @chapter FAQ
7708 @cindex faq
7709 @enumerate
7710 @anchor{FAQ RTCK}
7711 @item @b{RTCK, also known as: Adaptive Clocking - What is it?}
7712 @cindex RTCK
7713 @cindex adaptive clocking
7714 @*
7715
7716 In digital circuit design it is often refered to as ``clock
7717 synchronisation'' the JTAG interface uses one clock (TCK or TCLK)
7718 operating at some speed, your CPU target is operating at another.
7719 The two clocks are not synchronised, they are ``asynchronous''
7720
7721 In order for the two to work together they must be synchronised
7722 well enough to work; JTAG can't go ten times faster than the CPU,
7723 for example. There are 2 basic options:
7724 @enumerate
7725 @item
7726 Use a special "adaptive clocking" circuit to change the JTAG
7727 clock rate to match what the CPU currently supports.
7728 @item
7729 The JTAG clock must be fixed at some speed that's enough slower than
7730 the CPU clock that all TMS and TDI transitions can be detected.
7731 @end enumerate
7732
7733 @b{Does this really matter?} For some chips and some situations, this
7734 is a non-issue, like a 500MHz ARM926 with a 5 MHz JTAG link;
7735 the CPU has no difficulty keeping up with JTAG.
7736 Startup sequences are often problematic though, as are other
7737 situations where the CPU clock rate changes (perhaps to save
7738 power).
7739
7740 For example, Atmel AT91SAM chips start operation from reset with
7741 a 32kHz system clock. Boot firmware may activate the main oscillator
7742 and PLL before switching to a faster clock (perhaps that 500 MHz
7743 ARM926 scenario).
7744 If you're using JTAG to debug that startup sequence, you must slow
7745 the JTAG clock to sometimes 1 to 4kHz. After startup completes,
7746 JTAG can use a faster clock.
7747
7748 Consider also debugging a 500MHz ARM926 hand held battery powered
7749 device that enters a low power ``deep sleep'' mode, at 32kHz CPU
7750 clock, between keystrokes unless it has work to do. When would
7751 that 5 MHz JTAG clock be usable?
7752
7753 @b{Solution #1 - A special circuit}
7754
7755 In order to make use of this,
7756 your CPU, board, and JTAG adapter must all support the RTCK
7757 feature. Not all of them support this; keep reading!
7758
7759 The RTCK ("Return TCK") signal in some ARM chips is used to help with
7760 this problem. ARM has a good description of the problem described at
7761 this link: @url{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} [checked
7762 28/nov/2008]. Link title: ``How does the JTAG synchronisation logic
7763 work? / how does adaptive clocking work?''.
7764
7765 The nice thing about adaptive clocking is that ``battery powered hand
7766 held device example'' - the adaptiveness works perfectly all the
7767 time. One can set a break point or halt the system in the deep power
7768 down code, slow step out until the system speeds up.
7769
7770 Note that adaptive clocking may also need to work at the board level,
7771 when a board-level scan chain has multiple chips.
7772 Parallel clock voting schemes are good way to implement this,
7773 both within and between chips, and can easily be implemented
7774 with a CPLD.
7775 It's not difficult to have logic fan a module's input TCK signal out
7776 to each TAP in the scan chain, and then wait until each TAP's RTCK comes
7777 back with the right polarity before changing the output RTCK signal.
7778 Texas Instruments makes some clock voting logic available
7779 for free (with no support) in VHDL form; see
7780 @url{http://tiexpressdsp.com/index.php/Adaptive_Clocking}
7781
7782 @b{Solution #2 - Always works - but may be slower}
7783
7784 Often this is a perfectly acceptable solution.
7785
7786 In most simple terms: Often the JTAG clock must be 1/10 to 1/12 of
7787 the target clock speed. But what that ``magic division'' is varies
7788 depending on the chips on your board.
7789 @b{ARM rule of thumb} Most ARM based systems require an 6:1 division;
7790 ARM11 cores use an 8:1 division.
7791 @b{Xilinx rule of thumb} is 1/12 the clock speed.
7792
7793 Note: most full speed FT2232 based JTAG adapters are limited to a
7794 maximum of 6MHz. The ones using USB high speed chips (FT2232H)
7795 often support faster clock rates (and adaptive clocking).
7796
7797 You can still debug the 'low power' situations - you just need to
7798 either use a fixed and very slow JTAG clock rate ... or else
7799 manually adjust the clock speed at every step. (Adjusting is painful
7800 and tedious, and is not always practical.)
7801
7802 It is however easy to ``code your way around it'' - i.e.: Cheat a little,
7803 have a special debug mode in your application that does a ``high power
7804 sleep''. If you are careful - 98% of your problems can be debugged
7805 this way.
7806
7807 Note that on ARM you may need to avoid using the @emph{wait for interrupt}
7808 operation in your idle loops even if you don't otherwise change the CPU
7809 clock rate.
7810 That operation gates the CPU clock, and thus the JTAG clock; which
7811 prevents JTAG access. One consequence is not being able to @command{halt}
7812 cores which are executing that @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
7813
7814 To set the JTAG frequency use the command:
7815
7816 @example
7817 # Example: 1.234MHz
7818 adapter_khz 1234
7819 @end example
7820
7821
7822 @item @b{Win32 Pathnames} Why don't backslashes work in Windows paths?
7823
7824 OpenOCD uses Tcl and a backslash is an escape char. Use @{ and @}
7825 around Windows filenames.
7826
7827 @example
7828 > echo \a
7829
7830 > echo @{\a@}
7831 \a
7832 > echo "\a"
7833
7834 >
7835 @end example
7836
7837
7838 @item @b{Missing: cygwin1.dll} OpenOCD complains about a missing cygwin1.dll.
7839
7840 Make sure you have Cygwin installed, or at least a version of OpenOCD that
7841 claims to come with all the necessary DLLs. When using Cygwin, try launching
7842 OpenOCD from the Cygwin shell.
7843
7844 @item @b{Breakpoint Issue} I'm trying to set a breakpoint using GDB (or a frontend like Insight or
7845 Eclipse), but OpenOCD complains that "Info: arm7_9_common.c:213
7846 arm7_9_add_breakpoint(): sw breakpoint requested, but software breakpoints not enabled".
7847
7848 GDB issues software breakpoints when a normal breakpoint is requested, or to implement
7849 source-line single-stepping. On ARMv4T systems, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T or ARM920T,
7850 software breakpoints consume one of the two available hardware breakpoints.
7851
7852 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} When erasing or writing LPC2000 on-chip flash, the operation fails at random.
7853
7854 Make sure the core frequency specified in the @option{flash lpc2000} line matches the
7855 clock at the time you're programming the flash. If you've specified the crystal's
7856 frequency, make sure the PLL is disabled. If you've specified the full core speed
7857 (e.g. 60MHz), make sure the PLL is enabled.
7858
7859 @item @b{Amontec Chameleon} When debugging using an Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
7860 I keep getting "Error: amt_jtagaccel.c:184 amt_wait_scan_busy(): amt_jtagaccel timed
7861 out while waiting for end of scan, rtck was disabled".
7862
7863 Make sure your PC's parallel port operates in EPP mode. You might have to try several
7864 settings in your PC BIOS (ECP, EPP, and different versions of those).
7865
7866 @item @b{Data Aborts} When debugging with OpenOCD and GDB (plain GDB, Insight, or Eclipse),
7867 I get lots of "Error: arm7_9_common.c:1771 arm7_9_read_memory():
7868 memory read caused data abort".
7869
7870 The errors are non-fatal, and are the result of GDB trying to trace stack frames
7871 beyond the last valid frame. It might be possible to prevent this by setting up
7872 a proper "initial" stack frame, if you happen to know what exactly has to
7873 be done, feel free to add this here.
7874
7875 @b{Simple:} In your startup code - push 8 registers of zeros onto the
7876 stack before calling main(). What GDB is doing is ``climbing'' the run
7877 time stack by reading various values on the stack using the standard
7878 call frame for the target. GDB keeps going - until one of 2 things
7879 happen @b{#1} an invalid frame is found, or @b{#2} some huge number of
7880 stackframes have been processed. By pushing zeros on the stack, GDB
7881 gracefully stops.
7882
7883 @b{Debugging Interrupt Service Routines} - In your ISR before you call
7884 your C code, do the same - artifically push some zeros onto the stack,
7885 remember to pop them off when the ISR is done.
7886
7887 @b{Also note:} If you have a multi-threaded operating system, they
7888 often do not @b{in the intrest of saving memory} waste these few
7889 bytes. Painful...
7890
7891
7892 @item @b{JTAG Reset Config} I get the following message in the OpenOCD console (or log file):
7893 "Warning: arm7_9_common.c:679 arm7_9_assert_reset(): srst resets test logic, too".
7894
7895 This warning doesn't indicate any serious problem, as long as you don't want to
7896 debug your core right out of reset. Your .cfg file specified @option{jtag_reset
7897 trst_and_srst srst_pulls_trst} to tell OpenOCD that either your board,
7898 your debugger or your target uC (e.g. LPC2000) can't assert the two reset signals
7899 independently. With this setup, it's not possible to halt the core right out of
7900 reset, everything else should work fine.
7901
7902 @item @b{USB Power} When using OpenOCD in conjunction with Amontec JTAGkey and the Yagarto
7903 toolchain (Eclipse, arm-elf-gcc, arm-elf-gdb), the debugging seems to be
7904 unstable. When single-stepping over large blocks of code, GDB and OpenOCD
7905 quit with an error message. Is there a stability issue with OpenOCD?
7906
7907 No, this is not a stability issue concerning OpenOCD. Most users have solved
7908 this issue by simply using a self-powered USB hub, which they connect their
7909 Amontec JTAGkey to. Apparently, some computers do not provide a USB power
7910 supply stable enough for the Amontec JTAGkey to be operated.
7911
7912 @b{Laptops running on battery have this problem too...}
7913
7914 @item @b{USB Power} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the
7915 following error messages: "Error: ft2232.c:201 ft2232_read(): FT_Read returned:
7916 4" and "Error: ft2232.c:365 ft2232_send_and_recv(): couldn't read from FT2232".
7917 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7918
7919 First of all, the reason might be the USB power supply. Try using a self-powered
7920 hub instead of a direct connection to your computer. Secondly, the error code 4
7921 corresponds to an FT_IO_ERROR, which means that the driver for the FTDI USB
7922 chip ran into some sort of error - this points us to a USB problem.
7923
7924 @item @b{GDB Disconnects} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the following
7925 error message: "Error: gdb_server.c:101 gdb_get_char(): read: 10054".
7926 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7927
7928 Error code 10054 corresponds to WSAECONNRESET, which means that the debugger (GDB)
7929 has closed the connection to OpenOCD. This might be a GDB issue.
7930
7931 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} In the configuration file in the section where flash device configurations
7932 are described, there is a parameter for specifying the clock frequency
7933 for LPC2000 internal flash devices (e.g. @option{flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000
7934 0x0 0x40000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME lpc2000_v1 14746 calc_checksum}), which must be
7935 specified in kilohertz. However, I do have a quartz crystal of a
7936 frequency that contains fractions of kilohertz (e.g. 14,745,600 Hz,
7937 i.e. 14,745.600 kHz). Is it possible to specify real numbers for the
7938 clock frequency?
7939
7940 No. The clock frequency specified here must be given as an integral number.
7941 However, this clock frequency is used by the In-Application-Programming (IAP)
7942 routines of the LPC2000 family only, which seems to be very tolerant concerning
7943 the given clock frequency, so a slight difference between the specified clock
7944 frequency and the actual clock frequency will not cause any trouble.
7945
7946 @item @b{Command Order} Do I have to keep a specific order for the commands in the configuration file?
7947
7948 Well, yes and no. Commands can be given in arbitrary order, yet the
7949 devices listed for the JTAG scan chain must be given in the right
7950 order (jtag newdevice), with the device closest to the TDO-Pin being
7951 listed first. In general, whenever objects of the same type exist
7952 which require an index number, then these objects must be given in the
7953 right order (jtag newtap, targets and flash banks - a target
7954 references a jtag newtap and a flash bank references a target).
7955
7956 You can use the ``scan_chain'' command to verify and display the tap order.
7957
7958 Also, some commands can't execute until after @command{init} has been
7959 processed. Such commands include @command{nand probe} and everything
7960 else that needs to write to controller registers, perhaps for setting
7961 up DRAM and loading it with code.
7962
7963 @anchor{FAQ TAP Order}
7964 @item @b{JTAG TAP Order} Do I have to declare the TAPS in some
7965 particular order?
7966
7967 Yes; whenever you have more than one, you must declare them in
7968 the same order used by the hardware.
7969
7970 Many newer devices have multiple JTAG TAPs. For example: ST
7971 Microsystems STM32 chips have two TAPs, a ``boundary scan TAP'' and
7972 ``Cortex-M3'' TAP. Example: The STM32 reference manual, Document ID:
7973 RM0008, Section 26.5, Figure 259, page 651/681, the ``TDI'' pin is
7974 connected to the boundary scan TAP, which then connects to the
7975 Cortex-M3 TAP, which then connects to the TDO pin.
7976
7977 Thus, the proper order for the STM32 chip is: (1) The Cortex-M3, then
7978 (2) The boundary scan TAP. If your board includes an additional JTAG
7979 chip in the scan chain (for example a Xilinx CPLD or FPGA) you could
7980 place it before or after the STM32 chip in the chain. For example:
7981
7982 @itemize @bullet
7983 @item OpenOCD_TDI(output) -> STM32 TDI Pin (BS Input)
7984 @item STM32 BS TDO (output) -> STM32 Cortex-M3 TDI (input)
7985 @item STM32 Cortex-M3 TDO (output) -> SM32 TDO Pin
7986 @item STM32 TDO Pin (output) -> Xilinx TDI Pin (input)
7987 @item Xilinx TDO Pin -> OpenOCD TDO (input)
7988 @end itemize
7989
7990 The ``jtag device'' commands would thus be in the order shown below. Note:
7991
7992 @itemize @bullet
7993 @item jtag newtap Xilinx tap -irlen ...
7994 @item jtag newtap stm32 cpu -irlen ...
7995 @item jtag newtap stm32 bs -irlen ...
7996 @item # Create the debug target and say where it is
7997 @item target create stm32.cpu -chain-position stm32.cpu ...
7998 @end itemize
7999
8000
8001 @item @b{SYSCOMP} Sometimes my debugging session terminates with an error. When I look into the
8002 log file, I can see these error messages: Error: arm7_9_common.c:561
8003 arm7_9_execute_sys_speed(): timeout waiting for SYSCOMP
8004
8005 TODO.
8006
8007 @end enumerate
8008
8009 @node Tcl Crash Course
8010 @chapter Tcl Crash Course
8011 @cindex Tcl
8012
8013 Not everyone knows Tcl - this is not intended to be a replacement for
8014 learning Tcl, the intent of this chapter is to give you some idea of
8015 how the Tcl scripts work.
8016
8017 This chapter is written with two audiences in mind. (1) OpenOCD users
8018 who need to understand a bit more of how Jim-Tcl works so they can do
8019 something useful, and (2) those that want to add a new command to
8020 OpenOCD.
8021
8022 @section Tcl Rule #1
8023 There is a famous joke, it goes like this:
8024 @enumerate
8025 @item Rule #1: The wife is always correct
8026 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
8027 @end enumerate
8028
8029 The Tcl equal is this:
8030
8031 @enumerate
8032 @item Rule #1: Everything is a string
8033 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
8034 @end enumerate
8035
8036 As in the famous joke, the consequences of Rule #1 are profound. Once
8037 you understand Rule #1, you will understand Tcl.
8038
8039 @section Tcl Rule #1b
8040 There is a second pair of rules.
8041 @enumerate
8042 @item Rule #1: Control flow does not exist. Only commands
8043 @* For example: the classic FOR loop or IF statement is not a control
8044 flow item, they are commands, there is no such thing as control flow
8045 in Tcl.
8046 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
8047 @* Actually what happens is this: There are commands that by
8048 convention, act like control flow key words in other languages. One of
8049 those commands is the word ``for'', another command is ``if''.
8050 @end enumerate
8051
8052 @section Per Rule #1 - All Results are strings
8053 Every Tcl command results in a string. The word ``result'' is used
8054 deliberatly. No result is just an empty string. Remember: @i{Rule #1 -
8055 Everything is a string}
8056
8057 @section Tcl Quoting Operators
8058 In life of a Tcl script, there are two important periods of time, the
8059 difference is subtle.
8060 @enumerate
8061 @item Parse Time
8062 @item Evaluation Time
8063 @end enumerate
8064
8065 The two key items here are how ``quoted things'' work in Tcl. Tcl has
8066 three primary quoting constructs, the [square-brackets] the
8067 @{curly-braces@} and ``double-quotes''
8068
8069 By now you should know $VARIABLES always start with a $DOLLAR
8070 sign. BTW: To set a variable, you actually use the command ``set'', as
8071 in ``set VARNAME VALUE'' much like the ancient BASIC langauge ``let x
8072 = 1'' statement, but without the equal sign.
8073
8074 @itemize @bullet
8075 @item @b{[square-brackets]}
8076 @* @b{[square-brackets]} are command substitutions. It operates much
8077 like Unix Shell `back-ticks`. The result of a [square-bracket]
8078 operation is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything is a
8079 string}. These two statements are roughly identical:
8080 @example
8081 # bash example
8082 X=`date`
8083 echo "The Date is: $X"
8084 # Tcl example
8085 set X [date]
8086 puts "The Date is: $X"
8087 @end example
8088 @item @b{``double-quoted-things''}
8089 @* @b{``double-quoted-things''} are just simply quoted
8090 text. $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are expanded in place - the
8091 result however is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything
8092 is a string}
8093 @example
8094 set x "Dinner"
8095 puts "It is now \"[date]\", $x is in 1 hour"
8096 @end example
8097 @item @b{@{Curly-Braces@}}
8098 @*@b{@{Curly-Braces@}} are magic: $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are
8099 parsed, but are NOT expanded or executed. @{Curly-Braces@} are like
8100 'single-quote' operators in BASH shell scripts, with the added
8101 feature: @{curly-braces@} can be nested, single quotes can not. @{@{@{this is
8102 nested 3 times@}@}@} NOTE: [date] is a bad example;
8103 at this writing, Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command.
8104 @end itemize
8105
8106 @section Consequences of Rule 1/2/3/4
8107
8108 The consequences of Rule 1 are profound.
8109
8110 @subsection Tokenisation & Execution.
8111
8112 Of course, whitespace, blank lines and #comment lines are handled in
8113 the normal way.
8114
8115 As a script is parsed, each (multi) line in the script file is
8116 tokenised and according to the quoting rules. After tokenisation, that
8117 line is immedatly executed.
8118
8119 Multi line statements end with one or more ``still-open''
8120 @{curly-braces@} which - eventually - closes a few lines later.
8121
8122 @subsection Command Execution
8123
8124 Remember earlier: There are no ``control flow''
8125 statements in Tcl. Instead there are COMMANDS that simply act like
8126 control flow operators.
8127
8128 Commands are executed like this:
8129
8130 @enumerate
8131 @item Parse the next line into (argc) and (argv[]).
8132 @item Look up (argv[0]) in a table and call its function.
8133 @item Repeat until End Of File.
8134 @end enumerate
8135
8136 It sort of works like this:
8137 @example
8138 for(;;)@{
8139 ReadAndParse( &argc, &argv );
8140
8141 cmdPtr = LookupCommand( argv[0] );
8142
8143 (*cmdPtr->Execute)( argc, argv );
8144 @}
8145 @end example
8146
8147 When the command ``proc'' is parsed (which creates a procedure
8148 function) it gets 3 parameters on the command line. @b{1} the name of
8149 the proc (function), @b{2} the list of parameters, and @b{3} the body
8150 of the function. Not the choice of words: LIST and BODY. The PROC
8151 command stores these items in a table somewhere so it can be found by
8152 ``LookupCommand()''
8153
8154 @subsection The FOR command
8155
8156 The most interesting command to look at is the FOR command. In Tcl,
8157 the FOR command is normally implemented in C. Remember, FOR is a
8158 command just like any other command.
8159
8160 When the ascii text containing the FOR command is parsed, the parser
8161 produces 5 parameter strings, @i{(If in doubt: Refer to Rule #1)} they
8162 are:
8163
8164 @enumerate 0
8165 @item The ascii text 'for'
8166 @item The start text
8167 @item The test expression
8168 @item The next text
8169 @item The body text
8170 @end enumerate
8171
8172 Sort of reminds you of ``main( int argc, char **argv )'' does it not?
8173 Remember @i{Rule #1 - Everything is a string.} The key point is this:
8174 Often many of those parameters are in @{curly-braces@} - thus the
8175 variables inside are not expanded or replaced until later.
8176
8177 Remember that every Tcl command looks like the classic ``main( argc,
8178 argv )'' function in C. In JimTCL - they actually look like this:
8179
8180 @example
8181 int
8182 MyCommand( Jim_Interp *interp,
8183 int *argc,
8184 Jim_Obj * const *argvs );
8185 @end example
8186
8187 Real Tcl is nearly identical. Although the newer versions have
8188 introduced a byte-code parser and intepreter, but at the core, it
8189 still operates in the same basic way.
8190
8191 @subsection FOR command implementation
8192
8193 To understand Tcl it is perhaps most helpful to see the FOR
8194 command. Remember, it is a COMMAND not a control flow structure.
8195
8196 In Tcl there are two underlying C helper functions.
8197
8198 Remember Rule #1 - You are a string.
8199
8200 The @b{first} helper parses and executes commands found in an ascii
8201 string. Commands can be seperated by semicolons, or newlines. While
8202 parsing, variables are expanded via the quoting rules.
8203
8204 The @b{second} helper evaluates an ascii string as a numerical
8205 expression and returns a value.
8206
8207 Here is an example of how the @b{FOR} command could be
8208 implemented. The pseudo code below does not show error handling.
8209 @example
8210 void Execute_AsciiString( void *interp, const char *string );
8211
8212 int Evaluate_AsciiExpression( void *interp, const char *string );
8213
8214 int
8215 MyForCommand( void *interp,
8216 int argc,
8217 char **argv )
8218 @{
8219 if( argc != 5 )@{
8220 SetResult( interp, "WRONG number of parameters");
8221 return ERROR;
8222 @}
8223
8224 // argv[0] = the ascii string just like C
8225
8226 // Execute the start statement.
8227 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[1] );
8228
8229 // Top of loop test
8230 for(;;)@{
8231 i = Evaluate_AsciiExpression(interp, argv[2]);
8232 if( i == 0 )
8233 break;
8234
8235 // Execute the body
8236 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[3] );
8237
8238 // Execute the LOOP part
8239 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[4] );
8240 @}
8241
8242 // Return no error
8243 SetResult( interp, "" );
8244 return SUCCESS;
8245 @}
8246 @end example
8247
8248 Every other command IF, WHILE, FORMAT, PUTS, EXPR, everything works
8249 in the same basic way.
8250
8251 @section OpenOCD Tcl Usage
8252
8253 @subsection source and find commands
8254 @b{Where:} In many configuration files
8255 @* Example: @b{ source [find FILENAME] }
8256 @*Remember the parsing rules
8257 @enumerate
8258 @item The @command{find} command is in square brackets,
8259 and is executed with the parameter FILENAME. It should find and return
8260 the full path to a file with that name; it uses an internal search path.
8261 The RESULT is a string, which is substituted into the command line in
8262 place of the bracketed @command{find} command.
8263 (Don't try to use a FILENAME which includes the "#" character.
8264 That character begins Tcl comments.)
8265 @item The @command{source} command is executed with the resulting filename;
8266 it reads a file and executes as a script.
8267 @end enumerate
8268 @subsection format command
8269 @b{Where:} Generally occurs in numerous places.
8270 @* Tcl has no command like @b{printf()}, instead it has @b{format}, which is really more like
8271 @b{sprintf()}.
8272 @b{Example}
8273 @example
8274 set x 6
8275 set y 7
8276 puts [format "The answer: %d" [expr $x * $y]]
8277 @end example
8278 @enumerate
8279 @item The SET command creates 2 variables, X and Y.
8280 @item The double [nested] EXPR command performs math
8281 @* The EXPR command produces numerical result as a string.
8282 @* Refer to Rule #1
8283 @item The format command is executed, producing a single string
8284 @* Refer to Rule #1.
8285 @item The PUTS command outputs the text.
8286 @end enumerate
8287 @subsection Body or Inlined Text
8288 @b{Where:} Various TARGET scripts.
8289 @example
8290 #1 Good
8291 proc someproc @{@} @{
8292 ... multiple lines of stuff ...
8293 @}
8294 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO someproc
8295 #2 Good - no variables
8296 $_TARGETNAME confgure -event foo "this ; that;"
8297 #3 Good Curly Braces
8298 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO @{
8299 puts "Time: [date]"
8300 @}
8301 #4 DANGER DANGER DANGER
8302 $_TARGETNAME configure -event foo "puts \"Time: [date]\""
8303 @end example
8304 @enumerate
8305 @item The $_TARGETNAME is an OpenOCD variable convention.
8306 @*@b{$_TARGETNAME} represents the last target created, the value changes
8307 each time a new target is created. Remember the parsing rules. When
8308 the ascii text is parsed, the @b{$_TARGETNAME} becomes a simple string,
8309 the name of the target which happens to be a TARGET (object)
8310 command.
8311 @item The 2nd parameter to the @option{-event} parameter is a TCBODY
8312 @*There are 4 examples:
8313 @enumerate
8314 @item The TCLBODY is a simple string that happens to be a proc name
8315 @item The TCLBODY is several simple commands seperated by semicolons
8316 @item The TCLBODY is a multi-line @{curly-brace@} quoted string
8317 @item The TCLBODY is a string with variables that get expanded.
8318 @end enumerate
8319
8320 In the end, when the target event FOO occurs the TCLBODY is
8321 evaluated. Method @b{#1} and @b{#2} are functionally identical. For
8322 Method @b{#3} and @b{#4} it is more interesting. What is the TCLBODY?
8323
8324 Remember the parsing rules. In case #3, @{curly-braces@} mean the
8325 $VARS and [square-brackets] are expanded later, when the EVENT occurs,
8326 and the text is evaluated. In case #4, they are replaced before the
8327 ``Target Object Command'' is executed. This occurs at the same time
8328 $_TARGETNAME is replaced. In case #4 the date will never
8329 change. @{BTW: [date] is a bad example; at this writing,
8330 Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command@}
8331 @end enumerate
8332 @subsection Global Variables
8333 @b{Where:} You might discover this when writing your own procs @* In
8334 simple terms: Inside a PROC, if you need to access a global variable
8335 you must say so. See also ``upvar''. Example:
8336 @example
8337 proc myproc @{ @} @{
8338 set y 0 #Local variable Y
8339 global x #Global variable X
8340 puts [format "X=%d, Y=%d" $x $y]
8341 @}
8342 @end example
8343 @section Other Tcl Hacks
8344 @b{Dynamic variable creation}
8345 @example
8346 # Dynamically create a bunch of variables.
8347 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < 32 @} @{ set x [expr $x + 1]@} @{
8348 # Create var name
8349 set vn [format "BIT%d" $x]
8350 # Make it a global
8351 global $vn
8352 # Set it.
8353 set $vn [expr (1 << $x)]
8354 @}
8355 @end example
8356 @b{Dynamic proc/command creation}
8357 @example
8358 # One "X" function - 5 uart functions.
8359 foreach who @{A B C D E@}
8360 proc [format "show_uart%c" $who] @{ @} "show_UARTx $who"
8361 @}
8362 @end example
8363
8364 @include fdl.texi
8365
8366 @node OpenOCD Concept Index
8367 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
8368 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
8369 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
8370 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
8371 @unnumbered OpenOCD Concept Index
8372
8373 @printindex cp
8374
8375 @node Command and Driver Index
8376 @unnumbered Command and Driver Index
8377 @printindex fn
8378
8379 @bye

Linking to existing account procedure

If you already have an account and want to add another login method you MUST first sign in with your existing account and then change URL to read https://review.openocd.org/login/?link to get to this page again but this time it'll work for linking. Thank you.

SSH host keys fingerprints

1024 SHA256:YKx8b7u5ZWdcbp7/4AeXNaqElP49m6QrwfXaqQGJAOk gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (DSA)
384 SHA256:jHIbSQa4REvwCFG4cq5LBlBLxmxSqelQPem/EXIrxjk gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
521 SHA256:UAOPYkU9Fjtcao0Ul/Rrlnj/OsQvt+pgdYSZ4jOYdgs gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:A13M5QlnozFOvTllybRZH6vm7iSt0XLxbA48yfc2yfY gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:spYMBqEYoAOtK7yZBrcwE8ZpYt6b68Cfh9yEVetvbXg gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ED25519)
+--[ED25519 256]--+
|=..              |
|+o..   .         |
|*.o   . .        |
|+B . . .         |
|Bo. = o S        |
|Oo.+ + =         |
|oB=.* = . o      |
| =+=.+   + E     |
|. .=o   . o      |
+----[SHA256]-----+
2048 SHA256:0Onrb7/PHjpo6iVZ7xQX2riKN83FJ3KGU0TvI0TaFG4 gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (RSA)